Gitiles
Code Review Sign In
gerrit-public.fairphone.software / platform / external / clang / 0507f7ee76ed838ce3012ca9e10ff7811723acf2 / . / lib / Sema / SemaOverload.cpp
blob: ee846c3fc3dc24b8f1941315a3ee03308965a6da [file] [log] [blame]
//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
//
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include <algorithm>
namespace clang {
using namespace sema;
/// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a
/// function.
static ExprResult
CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(),
const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){
DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Fn, Fn->getType(),
VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo);
if (HadMultipleCandidates)
DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
ExprResult E = S.Owned(DRE);
E = S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E.take());
if (E.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
return move(E);
}
static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType,
bool InOverloadResolution,
StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
bool CStyle,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From,
QualType &ToType,
bool InOverloadResolution,
StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
bool CStyle);
static OverloadingResult
IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions,
bool AllowExplicit);
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2);
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2);
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2);
/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
ImplicitConversionCategory
GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
static const ImplicitConversionCategory
Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
ICC_Identity,
ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
ICC_Identity,
ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
ICC_Promotion,
ICC_Promotion,
ICC_Promotion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion,
ICC_Conversion
};
return Category[(int)Kind];
}
/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
static const ImplicitConversionRank
Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
ICR_Exact_Match,
ICR_Exact_Match,
ICR_Exact_Match,
ICR_Exact_Match,
ICR_Exact_Match,
ICR_Exact_Match,
ICR_Promotion,
ICR_Promotion,
ICR_Promotion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Conversion,
ICR_Writeback_Conversion
};
return Rank[(int)Kind];
}
/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
/// implicit conversion.
const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
"No conversion",
"Lvalue-to-rvalue",
"Array-to-pointer",
"Function-to-pointer",
"Noreturn adjustment",
"Qualification",
"Integral promotion",
"Floating point promotion",
"Complex promotion",
"Integral conversion",
"Floating conversion",
"Complex conversion",
"Floating-integral conversion",
"Pointer conversion",
"Pointer-to-member conversion",
"Boolean conversion",
"Compatible-types conversion",
"Derived-to-base conversion",
"Vector conversion",
"Vector splat",
"Complex-real conversion",
"Block Pointer conversion",
"Transparent Union Conversion"
"Writeback conversion"
};
return Name[Kind];
}
/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
/// sequence to the identity conversion.
void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
First = ICK_Identity;
Second = ICK_Identity;
Third = ICK_Identity;
DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false;
ReferenceBinding = false;
DirectBinding = false;
IsLvalueReference = true;
BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
BindsToRvalue = false;
BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
CopyConstructor = 0;
}
/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
/// implicit conversions.
ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
return Rank;
}
/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
// Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
// array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
// check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
// a pointer.
if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
(getFromType()->isPointerType() ||
getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
getFromType()->isNullPtrType() ||
First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
return true;
return false;
}
/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
/// 13.3.3.2p4).
bool
StandardConversionSequence::
isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
QualType FromType = getFromType();
QualType ToType = getToType(1);
// Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
// array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
// and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType())
if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
return false;
}
/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
bool PrintedSomething = false;
if (First != ICK_Identity) {
OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
PrintedSomething = true;
}
if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
if (PrintedSomething) {
OS << " -> ";
}
OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
if (CopyConstructor) {
OS << " (by copy constructor)";
} else if (DirectBinding) {
OS << " (direct reference binding)";
} else if (ReferenceBinding) {
OS << " (reference binding)";
}
PrintedSomething = true;
}
if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
if (PrintedSomething) {
OS << " -> ";
}
OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
PrintedSomething = true;
}
if (!PrintedSomething) {
OS << "No conversions required";
}
}
/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
Before.DebugPrint();
OS << " -> ";
}
if (ConversionFunction)
OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\'';
else
OS << "aggregate initialization";
if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
OS << " -> ";
After.DebugPrint();
}
}
/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
switch (ConversionKind) {
case StandardConversion:
OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Standard.DebugPrint();
break;
case UserDefinedConversion:
OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
UserDefined.DebugPrint();
break;
case EllipsisConversion:
OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
break;
case AmbiguousConversion:
OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
break;
case BadConversion:
OS << "Bad conversion";
break;
}
OS << "\n";
}
void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
}
void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
conversions().~ConversionSet();
}
void
AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
}
namespace {
// Structure used by OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo to store
// template parameter and template argument information.
struct DFIParamWithArguments {
TemplateParameter Param;
TemplateArgument FirstArg;
TemplateArgument SecondArg;
};
}
/// \brief Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information
/// to the form used in overload-candidate information.
OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo
static MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context,
Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) {
OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo Result;
Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK);
Result.Data = 0;
switch (TDK) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
break;
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
break;
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: {
// FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later.
DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments;
Saved->Param = Info.Param;
Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg;
Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg;
Result.Data = Saved;
break;
}
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Result.Data = Info.take();
break;
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
break;
}
return Result;
}
void OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() {
switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
break;
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
// FIXME: Destroy the data?
Data = 0;
break;
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
// FIXME: Destroy the template arugment list?
Data = 0;
break;
// Unhandled
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
break;
}
}
TemplateParameter
OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() {
switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
return TemplateParameter();
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data);
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param;
// Unhandled
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
break;
}
return TemplateParameter();
}
TemplateArgumentList *
OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() {
switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
return 0;
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data);
// Unhandled
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
break;
}
return 0;
}
const TemplateArgument *OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() {
switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
return 0;
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
return &static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg;
// Unhandled
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
break;
}
return 0;
}
const TemplateArgument *
OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() {
switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
return 0;
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
return &static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg;
// Unhandled
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
break;
}
return 0;
}
void OverloadCandidateSet::clear() {
inherited::clear();
Functions.clear();
}
namespace {
class UnbridgedCastsSet {
struct Entry {
Expr **Addr;
Expr *Saved;
};
SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries;
public:
void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) {
assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast));
Entry entry = { &E, E };
Entries.push_back(entry);
E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
}
void restore() {
for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator
i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i)
*i->Addr = i->Saved;
}
};
}
/// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like
/// preprocessing on the given expression.
///
/// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts;
/// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors
///
/// Return true on unrecoverable error.
static bool checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E,
UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = 0) {
if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
// We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload
// resolution might reasonably tweak them.
if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false;
// If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip
// the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration.
if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
unbridgedCasts) {
unbridgedCasts->save(S, E);
return false;
}
// Go ahead and check everything else.
ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (result.isInvalid())
return true;
E = result.take();
return false;
}
// Nothing to do.
return false;
}
/// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for
/// placeholders.
static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, Expr **args,
unsigned numArgs,
UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) {
for (unsigned i = 0; i != numArgs; ++i)
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, args[i], &unbridged))
return true;
return false;
}
// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
// top of the underlying declaration.
//
// Example: Given the following input:
//
// void f(int, float); // #1
// void f(int, int); // #2
// int f(int, int); // #3
//
// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
// so IsOverload will not be used.
//
// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
//
// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
//
// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced
// into a class by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide
// shadow declarations ignore some properties which otherwise figure
// into a function template's signature.
Sema::OverloadKind
Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) {
for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *OldD = *I;
bool OldIsUsingDecl = false;
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
OldIsUsingDecl = true;
// We can always introduce two using declarations into the same
// context, even if they have identical signatures.
if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue;
OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl();
}
// If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration,
// we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching.
// Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that
// function templates hide function templates with different
// return types or template parameter lists.
bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
(OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord();
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl(), UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) {
if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) {
HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I));
continue;
}
Match = *I;
return Ovl_Match;
}
} else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) {
if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) {
HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I));
continue;
}
Match = *I;
return Ovl_Match;
}
} else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD)) {
// We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
// redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
} else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
// We can always overload with tags by hiding them.
} else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
// Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
// overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
// template instantiation.
} else {
// (C++ 13p1):
// Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
// declarations cannot be overloaded.
Match = *I;
return Ovl_NonFunction;
}
}
return Ovl_Overload;
}
bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
bool UseUsingDeclRules) {
// If both of the functions are extern "C", then they are not
// overloads.
if (Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())
return false;
FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
// C++ [temp.fct]p2:
// A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
// and with normal (non-template) functions.
if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
return true;
// Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
// Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
// determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
// in the signature, they are overloads.
// If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
// prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
return false;
const FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
const FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
// The signature of a function includes the types of its
// parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
// of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
if (OldQType != NewQType &&
(OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
!FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType)))
return true;
// C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
// The signature of a function template consists of its function
// signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
// of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
// relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
// signature.
//
// We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
// templates first; the remaining checks follow.
//
// However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether
// a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden.
if (!UseUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate &&
(!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
return true;
// If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
// cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself.
//
// As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
// is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
// 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
// this check is important to determine whether these functions
// can be overloaded.
CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
!OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
(OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers() ||
OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier())) {
if (!UseUsingDeclRules &&
OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier() &&
(OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None ||
NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) {
// C++0x [over.load]p2:
// - Member function declarations with the same name and the same
// parameter-type-list as well as member function template
// declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and
// the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of
// them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5).
Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload)
<< NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier();
Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
}
return true;
}
// The signatures match; this is not an overload.
return false;
}
/// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
/// function context. Inside an unavailable function, unavailability is ignored.
///
/// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside
/// an available function, false otherwise.
bool Sema::isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD) {
return FD->isUnavailable() && !cast<Decl>(CurContext)->isUnavailable();
}
/// \brief Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType.
///
/// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion
/// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool AllowExplicit,
bool InOverloadResolution,
bool CStyle,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
if (SuppressUserConversions) {
// We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that
// we can perform.
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
return ICS;
}
// Attempt user-defined conversion.
OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
OverloadingResult UserDefResult
= IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
AllowExplicit);
if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
ICS.setUserDefined();
// C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
// A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
// type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
// expression of class type to a base class of that type is
// given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
// constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
// called for those cases.
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
= dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
QualType FromCanon
= S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
QualType ToCanon
= S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
(FromCanon == ToCanon || S.IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
// Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
// gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
ICS.setStandard();
ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
}
}
// C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
// However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
// conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
// invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
// of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
// 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
// ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
}
} else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
ICS.setAmbiguous();
ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
if (Cand->Viable)
ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
} else {
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
}
return ICS;
}
/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
/// to perform the initialization. Given
///
/// void f(float f);
/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
///
/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
//
/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
/// "BadConversion".
///
/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
/// not permitted.
/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
/// permitted.
///
/// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C
/// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to
/// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool AllowExplicit,
bool InOverloadResolution,
bool CStyle,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){
ICS.setStandard();
return ICS;
}
if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
return ICS;
}
// C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
// A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
// type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
// expression of class type to a base class of that type is
// given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move
// constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
// called for those cases.
QualType FromType = From->getType();
if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() &&
(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) ||
S.IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ToType))) {
ICS.setStandard();
ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
// We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid
// copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it
// exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the
// appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed.
ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
// Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion.
if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
return ICS;
}
return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions,
AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
}
ImplicitConversionSequence
Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool AllowExplicit,
bool InOverloadResolution,
bool CStyle,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
return clang::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType,
SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
InOverloadResolution, CStyle,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
}
/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the
/// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
/// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
/// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit) {
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action, AllowExplicit, ICS);
}
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit,
ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS) {
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From))
return ExprError();
// Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion.
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion
= getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
(Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending);
ICS = clang::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
AllowExplicit,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*CStyle=*/false,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action);
}
/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
bool Sema::IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
QualType &ResultTy) {
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
return false;
// Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t)
// where F adds one of the following at most once:
// - a pointer
// - a member pointer
// - a block pointer
CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass();
if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false;
if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) {
if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) {
CanTo = CanTo.getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
CanFrom = CanFrom.getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) {
CanTo = CanTo.getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
CanFrom = CanFrom.getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) {
CanTo = CanTo.getAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
CanFrom = CanFrom.getAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else {
return false;
}
TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass();
if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false;
if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto)
return false;
}
const FunctionType *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom);
FunctionType::ExtInfo EInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo();
if (!EInfo.getNoReturn()) return false;
FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, EInfo.withNoReturn(false));
assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical());
if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false;
ResultTy = ToType;
return true;
}
/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
/// vector conversion.
///
/// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector
/// conversion.
static bool IsVectorConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) {
// We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector
// conversion.
if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType())
return false;
// Identical types require no conversions.
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
return false;
// There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity.
if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) {
// There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the
// identity conversion.
if (FromType->isExtVectorType())
return false;
// Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) {
ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat;
return true;
}
}
// We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases:
// 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
// 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the
// same size
if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) {
if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) ||
(Context.getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
(Context.getTypeSize(FromType) == Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType,
bool InOverloadResolution,
StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
bool CStyle,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
QualType FromType = From->getType();
// Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
SCS.setFromType(FromType);
SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
// There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
// abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
return false;
// When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
}
// The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
// array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
// (C++ 4p1).
if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
if (FunctionDecl *Fn
= S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
AccessPair)) {
// We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
// so we can convert to the type of that function.
FromType = Fn->getType();
// we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check
// if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool
if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) {
QualType resultTy;
// if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok
if (!S.IsNoReturnConversion(FromType,
S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy))
// otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard
if (!ToType->isBooleanType())
return false;
}
// Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded
// function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the
// fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of
// expression.
CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) {
assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&
"Non-unary operator on non-static member address");
assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()
== UO_AddrOf &&
"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address");
const Type *ClassType
= S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr();
FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType);
} else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) {
assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==
UO_AddrOf &&
"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression");
FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType);
}
// Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution.
assert(S.Context.hasSameType(
FromType,
S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()));
} else {
return false;
}
}
// Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1):
// A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can
// be converted to a prvalue.
bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue();
if (argIsLValue &&
!FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) {
SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
// If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
// cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
// is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
// just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
// Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
// An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
// bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
// T" (C++ 4.2p1).
FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
// This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
// For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
// (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
// array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
// conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false;
SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
return true;
}
} else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) {
// Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
// An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
// type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
// function. (C++ 4.3p1).
FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType);
} else {
// We don't require any conversions for the first step.
SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
}
SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
// The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
// point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
// floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
// pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
// For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
// conversion.
bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity;
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
// The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
// conversion to do.
SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
} else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
// Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
// Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
// Complex promotion (Clang extension)
SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
(FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
// Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
FromType = S.Context.BoolTy;
} else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
// Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
// Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
(ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
// Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
// Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() &&
ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) ||
(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
ToType->isRealFloatingType())) {
// Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion;
} else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion &&
S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion;
} else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
// Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
// Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
} else if (IsVectorConversion(S.Context, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) {
SCS.Second = SecondICK;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
// Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
} else if (S.IsNoReturnConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
// Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
} else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType,
InOverloadResolution,
SCS, CStyle)) {
SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion;
FromType = ToType;
} else {
// No second conversion required.
SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
}
SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
QualType CanonFrom;
QualType CanonTo;
// The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
bool ObjCLifetimeConversion;
if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle,
ObjCLifetimeConversion)) {
SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion;
FromType = ToType;
CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
} else {
// No conversion required
SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
// C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
// [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
// subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
// a conversion. [...]
CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
== CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
(CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()
|| CanonFrom.getObjCGCAttr() != CanonTo.getObjCGCAttr()
|| CanonFrom.getObjCLifetime() != CanonTo.getObjCLifetime())) {
FromType = ToType;
CanonFrom = CanonTo;
}
}
SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
// If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
// this is a bad conversion sequence.
if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
return false;
return true;
}
static bool
IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From,
QualType &ToType,
bool InOverloadResolution,
StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
bool CStyle) {
const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType();
if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
return false;
// The field to initialize within the transparent union.
RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
// It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
itend = UD->field_end();
it != itend; ++it) {
if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS,
CStyle, /*ObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) {
ToType = it->getType();
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
// All integers are built-in.
if (!To) {
return false;
}
// An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
// unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
// int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
// the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
// int (C++ 4.5p1).
if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
!FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
(FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
// We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
// less than int to an int.
(!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
}
return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
}
// C++0x [conv.prom]p3:
// A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not
// fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the
// following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration
// (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int,
// unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned
// long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the
// values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration
// type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type
// with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long
// long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If
// there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen.
if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
// C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not
// provided for a scoped enumeration.
if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped())
return false;
// We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial.
if (ToType->isIntegerType() &&
!RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromType, PDiag()))
return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
}
// C++0x [conv.prom]p2:
// A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted
// to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can
// represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int,
// long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
// If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its
// underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t,
// or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying
// type.
if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() &&
ToType->isIntegerType()) {
// Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
// unsigned.
bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType();
uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
// The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
// order. Try each of these types.
QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
};
for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
if (FromSize < ToSize ||
(FromSize == ToSize &&
FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
// We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
// type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
// promotion.
return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
}
}
}
// An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
// rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
// bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
// unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
// the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
// it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
// other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
// FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
// conversion.
using llvm::APSInt;
if (From)
if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
APSInt BitWidth;
if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) &&
MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
// Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
(FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
}
// Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
// that fits into an unsigned int?
if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
}
return false;
}
}
// An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
// with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
/// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
/// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
return true;
// C99 6.3.1.5p1:
// When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
// double is promoted to long double [...].
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
(FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
(ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
return true;
// Half can be promoted to float.
if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half &&
ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
///
/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
/// floating-point or integral promotion.
bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
if (!FromComplex)
return false;
const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
if (!ToComplex)
return false;
return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
ToComplex->getElementType());
}
/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
///
static QualType
BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr,
QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
ASTContext &Context,
bool StripObjCLifetime = false) {
assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||
FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&
"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type");
/// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions.
if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
QualType CanonFromPointee
= Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
if (StripObjCLifetime)
Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
// Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
// ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
if (!ToType.isNull())
return ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
// Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
// already.
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType))
return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee);
return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
}
// Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType))
return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee);
return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee);
}
static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
bool InOverloadResolution,
ASTContext &Context) {
// Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType())
return !InOverloadResolution;
return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
}
/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
/// ConvertedType.
///
/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
/// should result in a warning.
bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
bool InOverloadResolution,
QualType& ConvertedType,
bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
IncompatibleObjC = false;
if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType,
IncompatibleObjC))
return true;
// Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
// Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
// Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
// pointer type.
if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
// If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
// pointer constant.
if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
if (!ToTypePtr)
return false;
// A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
// Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
// , including objective-c pointers.
QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() &&
!getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(
FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
ToPointeeType,
ToType, Context);
return true;
}
const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
if (!FromTypePtr)
return false;
QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
// If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a
// pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below.
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType))
return false;
// An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
// can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
// 4.10p2).
if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() &&
ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
ToPointeeType,
ToType, Context,
/*StripObjCLifetime=*/true);
return true;
}
// MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion.
if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() &&
ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
ToPointeeType,
ToType, Context);
return true;
}
// When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
// conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
ToPointeeType,
ToType, Context);
return true;
}
// C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
//
// An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
// can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
// B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
// (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
// necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
// conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
// derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
// the null pointer value of the destination type.
//
// Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
// here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
!RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
ToPointeeType,
ToType, Context);
return true;
}
if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() &&
Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
ToPointeeType,
ToType, Context);
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type.
static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){
Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers();
// Check whether qualifiers already match.
if (TQs == Qs)
return T;
if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs))
return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs);
return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
}
/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
/// with the same arguments and return values.
bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
QualType& ConvertedType,
bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
return false;
// The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from.
Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers();
// First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr =
ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
// If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications),
// then this is not a pointer conversion.
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(),
FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
return false;
// Check for compatible
// Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
// pointer to any interface (in both directions).
if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
// Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
/*compare=*/false)) {
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
// Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
// interface to a pointer to a different interface.
if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
!ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
return false;
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr,
ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(),
ToType, Context);
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
// Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
// interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
// complain about it.
IncompatibleObjC = true;
ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr,
ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(),
ToType, Context);
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
}
// Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
QualType ToPointeeType;
if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
// Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
// to a block pointer type.
if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
}
else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
// Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
// pointer to any object.
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
else
return false;
QualType FromPointeeType;
if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr =
FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
else
return false;
// If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
// is an Objective-C conversion.
if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
IncompatibleObjC)) {
// We always complain about this conversion.
IncompatibleObjC = true;
ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType);
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
// Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
// as in I* to id.
if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
IncompatibleObjC)) {
ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType);
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
return true;
}
// If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
// differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
// pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
// complain about it).
const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
= FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
= ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
// If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
// Objective-C pointer conversion.
if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
== Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
return false;
// Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
// function types are obviously different.
if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
return false;
bool HasObjCConversion = false;
if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
== Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
// Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
} else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
// Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
HasObjCConversion = true;
} else {
// Function types are too different. Abort.
return false;
}
// Check argument types.
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
== Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
// Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
} else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
// Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
HasObjCConversion = true;
} else {
// Argument types are too different. Abort.
return false;
}
}
if (HasObjCConversion) {
// We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
// conversion, but complain about it.
ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
IncompatibleObjC = true;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion,
/// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting.
///
/// \param FromType The type we're converting form.
///
/// \param ToType The type we're converting to.
///
/// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying
/// this conversion.
bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
QualType &ConvertedType) {
if (!getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount ||
Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
return false;
// Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers).
QualType ToPointee;
if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType();
else
return false;
Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers();
if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() ||
ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing ||
!ToQuals.withoutObjCGLifetime().empty())
return false;
// Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak.
QualType FromPointee;
if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType();
else
return false;
Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers();
if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() ||
(FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak))
return false;
// Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers.
FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing);
if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals))
return false;
// Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they
// aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back
// qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds.
FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
// The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible.
ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
bool IncompatibleObjC;
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee))
FromPointee = ToPointee;
else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee,
IncompatibleObjC))
return false;
/// \brief Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to
/// __autoreleasing pointee.
FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals);
ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee);
return true;
}
bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
QualType& ConvertedType) {
QualType ToPointeeType;
if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
else
return false;
QualType FromPointeeType;
if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr =
FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
else
return false;
// We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only
// differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
// pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion.
const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
= FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
= ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType)
return false;
if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType))
return true;
// Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
// function types are obviously different.
if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic())
return false;
FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo();
FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo();
if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo)
return false;
bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
// Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
} else {
QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getResultType();
QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getResultType();
if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) &&
!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers())
LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) {
// OK exact match.
} else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS,
ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
if (IncompatibleObjC)
return false;
// Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
}
else
return false;
}
// Check argument types.
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
IncompatibleObjC = false;
QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) {
// Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
} else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType,
ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
if (IncompatibleObjC)
return false;
// Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
} else
// Argument types are too different. Abort.
return false;
}
if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
!Context.FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(FromFunctionType,
ToFunctionType))
return false;
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
enum {
ft_default,
ft_different_class,
ft_parameter_arity,
ft_parameter_mismatch,
ft_return_type,
ft_qualifer_mismatch
};
/// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing
/// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in
/// parameter types, and different return types.
void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
// If either type is not valid, include no extra info.
if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) {
PDiag << ft_default;
return;
}
// Get the function type from the pointers.
if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
const MemberPointerType *FromMember = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
*ToMember = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
if (FromMember->getClass() != ToMember->getClass()) {
PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0)
<< QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0);
return;
}
FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType();
ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType();
}
if (FromType->isPointerType())
FromType = FromType->getPointeeType();
if (ToType->isPointerType())
ToType = ToType->getPointeeType();
// Remove references.
FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType();
ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType();
// Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions.
if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() &&
!FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
PDiag << ft_default;
return;
}
// No extra info for same types.
if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) {
PDiag << ft_default;
return;
}
const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(),
*ToFunction = ToType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
// Both types need to be function types.
if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) {
PDiag << ft_default;
return;
}
if (FromFunction->getNumArgs() != ToFunction->getNumArgs()) {
PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumArgs()
<< FromFunction->getNumArgs();
return;
}
// Handle different parameter types.
unsigned ArgPos;
if (!FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) {
PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1
<< ToFunction->getArgType(ArgPos)
<< FromFunction->getArgType(ArgPos);
return;
}
// Handle different return type.
if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getResultType(),
ToFunction->getResultType())) {
PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getResultType()
<< FromFunction->getResultType();
return;
}
unsigned FromQuals = FromFunction->getTypeQuals(),
ToQuals = ToFunction->getTypeQuals();
if (FromQuals != ToQuals) {
PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToQuals << FromQuals;
return;
}
// Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info.
PDiag << ft_default;
}
/// FunctionArgTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types
/// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that
/// they have same number of arguments. This routine assumes that Objective-C
/// pointer types which only differ in their protocol qualifiers are equal.
/// If the parameters are different, ArgPos will have the the parameter index
/// of the first different parameter.
bool Sema::FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
unsigned *ArgPos) {
if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator O = OldType->arg_type_begin(),
N = NewType->arg_type_begin(),
E = OldType->arg_type_end(); O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) {
if (!Context.hasSameType(*O, *N)) {
if (ArgPos) *ArgPos = O - OldType->arg_type_begin();
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator O = OldType->arg_type_begin(),
N = NewType->arg_type_begin(),
E = OldType->arg_type_end(); O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) {
QualType ToType = (*O);
QualType FromType = (*N);
if (!Context.hasSameType(ToType, FromType)) {
if (const PointerType *PTTo = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (const PointerType *PTFr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
if ((PTTo->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
PTFr->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) ||
(PTTo->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedClassType() &&
PTFr->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedClassType()))
continue;
}
else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTTo =
ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTFr =
FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
PTTo->getObjectType()->getBaseType(),
PTFr->getObjectType()->getBaseType()))
continue;
}
if (ArgPos) *ArgPos = O - OldType->arg_type_begin();
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
/// error, or returns false otherwise.
bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
CastKind &Kind,
CXXCastPath& BasePath,
bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
QualType FromType = From->getType();
bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess;
Kind = CK_BitCast;
if (!IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast &&
Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From,
PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer)
<< ToType << From->getSourceRange());
if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
// We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
// ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
From->getExprLoc(),
From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath,
IgnoreBaseAccess))
return true;
// The conversion was successful.
Kind = CK_DerivedToBase;
}
}
} else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
// Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
// FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
// Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
return false;
} else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
} else {
Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
}
} else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) {
if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType())
Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
}
// We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other
// reasons.
if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
Kind = CK_NullToPointer;
return false;
}
/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
QualType ToType,
bool InOverloadResolution,
QualType &ConvertedType) {
const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
if (!ToTypePtr)
return false;
// A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
ConvertedType = ToType;
return true;
}
// Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
if (!FromTypePtr)
return false;
// A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
// where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) &&
!RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToClass, PDiag()) &&
IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
ToClass.getTypePtr());
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
/// otherwise.
bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
CastKind &Kind,
CXXCastPath &BasePath,
bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
QualType FromType = From->getType();
const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
if (!FromPtrType) {
// This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
"Expr must be null pointer constant!");
Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer;
return false;
}
const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
"that is not a member pointer.");
QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
// FIXME: What about dependent types?
assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
/*DetectVirtual=*/true);
bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
assert(DerivationOkay &&
"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
(void)DerivationOkay;
if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
getUnqualifiedType())) {
std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
<< 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
<< FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
<< From->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
Paths.front(),
diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
// Must be a base to derived member conversion.
BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
return false;
}
/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
/// (C++ 4.4).
///
/// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate
/// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C
/// object lifetime.
bool
Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) {
FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;
// If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
// qualification conversion.
if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
return false;
// (C++ 4.4p4):
// A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
// in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
// Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
// determine if this still looks like a qualification
// conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
// pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
// until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
// unwrap.
UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers();
// Objective-C ARC:
// Check Objective-C lifetime conversions.
if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() &&
UnwrappedAnyPointer) {
if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) {
ObjCLifetimeConversion = true;
FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime();
ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime();
} else {
// Qualification conversions cannot cast between different
// Objective-C lifetime qualifiers.
return false;
}
}
// Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes.
if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() &&
(!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) {
FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
}
// -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
// 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals))
return false;
// -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
// every cv for 0 < k < j.
if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers()
&& !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
return false;
// Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
// include const.
PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
= PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst();
}
// We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
// after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
// of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
// ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
// qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
}
/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
/// false and User is unspecified.
///
/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
static OverloadingResult
IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool AllowExplicit) {
// Whether we will only visit constructors.
bool ConstructorsOnly = false;
// If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its
// constructors.
if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
// C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
// When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
// copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
// derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
// constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
// functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
// that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
// the parentheses of the initializer.
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
(From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() &&
S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)))
ConstructorsOnly = true;
S.RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, S.PDiag());
// RequireCompleteType may have returned true due to some invalid decl
// during template instantiation, but ToType may be complete enough now
// to try to recover.
if (ToType->isIncompleteType()) {
// We're not going to find any constructors.
} else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
= dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Expr **Args = &From;
unsigned NumArgs = 1;
bool ListInitializing = false;
// If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as
// arguments, not the entire list.
if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) {
Args = InitList->getInits();
NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits();
ListInitializing = true;
}
DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl);
Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
NamedDecl *D = *Con;
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
// Find the constructor (which may be a template).
CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
if (ConstructorTmpl)
Constructor
= cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
else
Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
bool Usable = !Constructor->isInvalidDecl();
if (ListInitializing)
Usable = Usable && (AllowExplicit || !Constructor->isExplicit());
else
Usable = Usable &&Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit);
if (Usable) {
if (ConstructorTmpl)
S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
/*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/
!ConstructorsOnly &&
!ListInitializing);
else
// Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
// From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
S.AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/
!ConstructorsOnly && !ListInitializing);
}
}
}
}
// Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to.
if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) {
} else if (S.RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
S.PDiag(0) << From->getSourceRange())) {
// No conversion functions from incomplete types.
} else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
= From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
= dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
// Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
= FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
else
Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
if (ConvTemplate)
S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
ActingContext, From, ToType,
CandidateSet);
else
S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
From, ToType, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
}
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getLocStart(), Best, true)) {
case OR_Success:
// Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
= dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Constructor);
// C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
// If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
// constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
// sequence converts the source type to the type required by
// the argument of the constructor.
//
QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(S.Context);
if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) {
// Initializer lists don't have conversions as such.
User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
} else {
if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
User.EllipsisConversion = true;
else {
User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
User.EllipsisConversion = false;
}
}
User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
User.After.setFromType(ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
return OR_Success;
} else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
= dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Conversion);
// C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
//
// [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
// conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
// conversion sequence converts the source type to the
// implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
User.EllipsisConversion = false;
// C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
// The second standard conversion sequence converts the
// result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
// for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
// is an initialization, the special rules for
// initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
// selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
// user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
// 13.3.3.1).
User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
return OR_Success;
} else {
llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?");
return OR_No_Viable_Function;
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
return OR_No_Viable_Function;
case OR_Deleted:
// No conversion here! We're done.
return OR_Deleted;
case OR_Ambiguous:
return OR_Ambiguous;
}
return OR_No_Viable_Function;
}
bool
Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
OverloadingResult OvResult =
IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
CandidateSet, false);
if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
<< From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
<< From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
else
return false;
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
return true;
}
/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S,
const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
{
// (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
// conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
// -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
// conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
// an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
// -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
// conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
// (13.3.3.1.3).
//
// C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
// For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
// described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
// treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
// from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
// The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of
// the same kind.
if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result =
ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
// Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
// indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
// following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
if (ICS1.isStandard())
Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S,
ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
// User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
// sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
// they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
// constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
// U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
// U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S,
ICS1.UserDefined.After,
ICS2.UserDefined.After);
}
// List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than
// list-initialization sequence L2 if L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X>
// for some X and L2 does not.
if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable &&
ICS1.isListInitializationSequence() &&
ICS2.isListInitializationSequence()) {
// FIXME: Find out if ICS1 converts to initializer_list and ICS2 doesn't.
}
return Result;
}
static bool hasSimilarType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
Qualifiers Quals;
T1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals);
T2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals);
}
return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2);
}
// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
= ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
// the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of
// any non-identity conversion sequence
if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
else
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
} else if (!hasSimilarType(Context, SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}
if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}
/// \brief Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better
/// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are.
static bool isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) {
// C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
// -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
// implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
// without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference
// to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an
// lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue
// reference*.
//
// FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits,
// because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the
// time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward
// and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions.
// Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration.
if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier ||
SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier)
return false;
return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue &&
SCS2.IsLvalueReference) ||
(SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue &&
!SCS2.IsLvalueReference);
}
/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
{
// Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
// than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
// -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
// sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
// excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
// sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
// non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
= compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2))
return CK;
// -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
// defined below), or, if not that,
ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
if (Rank1 < Rank2)
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
// are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
// applies:
// A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
// pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
// that is such a conversion.
if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
// C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
//
// If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
// conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
// void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
// of B* to void*.
bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
= SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context);
bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
= SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context);
if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
// Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
// a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
} else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
// Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
// their derived-to-base conversions.
if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
= CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2))
return DerivedCK;
} else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid &&
!S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) {
// Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
// pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
// inheritance relationship in their sources.
QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
// Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
// conversion, if we need to.
if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
// Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
// other, it is the better one.
const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1
= FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2
= FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) {
bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1,
FromObjCPtr2);
bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2,
FromObjCPtr1);
if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) {
return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
}
}
// Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
// bullet 3).
if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
= CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2))
return QualCK;
if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
// Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings.
if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
// C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
// -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
// which the references refer are the same type except for
// top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
// initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
// to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
// Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different
// lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime.
if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding !=
SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) {
return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding
? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
}
// If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the
// type for comparison.
if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
}
// In Microsoft mode, prefer an integral conversion to a
// floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion
// is between types of the same size.
// For example:
// void f(float);
// void f(int);
// int main {
// long a;
// f(a);
// }
// Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error
// as clang will do in standard mode.
if (S.getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode &&
SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion &&
SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral &&
S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) ==
S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2)))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}
/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
// C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
// -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
// yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
// cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
// the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
// deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
// FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
// conversion (!)
QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
// If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
// them.
if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
// If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
// for comparison.
if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
= ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
// Objective-C++ ARC:
// Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime
// to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime.
if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime !=
SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) {
Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime
? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
}
while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
// Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
// determine if this still looks like a qualification
// conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
// pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
// until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
// to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
// IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
// strict subset of qualifiers.
if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
// The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
// about how the sequences rank.
;
else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
// T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
// Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
// qualifiers.
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
} else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
// T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
// Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
// qualifiers.
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
} else {
// Qualifiers are disjoint.
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}
// If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
break;
}
// Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
// the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
switch (Result) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
break;
}
return Result;
}
/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
// Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
// conversion, if we need to.
if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
// Canonicalize all of the types.
FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
// C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
//
// If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
// class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
//
// Compare based on pointer conversions.
if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
/*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
QualType FromPointee1
= FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
QualType ToPointee1
= ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
QualType FromPointee2
= FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
QualType ToPointee2
= ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
// -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
// -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
} else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) {
const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1
= FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2
= FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1
= ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2
= ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) {
// Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types
// that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the
// Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of
// Objective-C pointer types.
bool FromAssignLeft
= S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2);
bool FromAssignRight
= S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1);
bool ToAssignLeft
= S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2);
bool ToAssignRight
= S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1);
// A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id'
// type is better than a conversion to 'id'.
if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() &&
(ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() &&
(ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
// A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a
// conversion to a qualified 'id' type
if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
// A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class'
// type is better than a conversion to 'Class'.
if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() &&
(ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() &&
(ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
// A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a
// conversion to a qualified 'Class' type.
if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
// -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,"
if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
!FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() &&
(ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight))
return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
// -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,"
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) &&
(FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight))
return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
: ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
}
// Ranking of member-pointer types.
if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
// conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
}
// conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
}
if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
// -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
// -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
// B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
// reference of type A&,
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
// -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
// -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
// A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
// reference of type A&,
if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
}
}
return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}
/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
/// determine whether they are reference-related,
/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
/// type being initialized.
Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
bool &DerivedToBase,
bool &ObjCConversion,
bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) {
assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
// C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
// Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
// reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
// T1 is a base class of T2.
DerivedToBase = false;
ObjCConversion = false;
ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;
if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
// Nothing to do.
} else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
DerivedToBase = true;
else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() &&
UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() &&
Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2))
ObjCConversion = true;
else
return Ref_Incompatible;
// At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
// least).
// If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
// for comparison.
if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
// C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
// "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
// reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
// as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
// overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
// cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
// reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
//
// Note that we also require equivalence of Objective-C GC and address-space
// qualifiers when performing these computations, so that e.g., an int in
// address space 1 is not reference-compatible with an int in address
// space 2.
if (T1Quals.getObjCLifetime() != T2Quals.getObjCLifetime() &&
T1Quals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(T2Quals)) {
T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
ObjCLifetimeConversion = true;
}
if (T1Quals == T2Quals)
return Ref_Compatible;
else if (T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals))
return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
else
return Ref_Related;
}
/// \brief Look for a user-defined conversion to an value reference-compatible
/// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found.
static bool
FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues,
bool AllowExplicit) {
assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.");
CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
= dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc);
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
= T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = *I;
CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
if (ConvTemplate)
Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
else
Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
// If this is an explicit conversion, and we're not allowed to consider
// explicit conversions, skip it.
if (!AllowExplicit && Conv->isExplicit())
continue;
if (AllowRvalues) {
bool DerivedToBase = false;
bool ObjCConversion = false;
bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;
// If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion
// functions that return lvalues.
if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) {
const ReferenceType *RefType
= Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>();
if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
continue;
}
if (!ConvTemplate &&
S.CompareReferenceRelationship(
DeclLoc,
Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType()
.getUnqualifiedType(),
DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType(),
DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) ==
Sema::Ref_Incompatible)
continue;
} else {
// If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
// it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference
// is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type.
const ReferenceType *RefType =
Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>();
if (!RefType ||
(!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() &&
!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()))
continue;
}
if (ConvTemplate)
S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
else
S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
DeclType, CandidateSet);
}
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best, true)) {
case OR_Success:
// C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
//
// [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
// applying a conversion function to the argument
// expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
// user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
// second standard conversion sequence either an identity
// conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
// entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
// type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
return false;
if (Best->Function)
S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(DeclLoc, Best->Function);
ICS.setUserDefined();
ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
"Expected a direct reference binding!");
return true;
case OR_Ambiguous:
ICS.setAmbiguous();
for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
if (Cand->Viable)
ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
return true;
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
case OR_Deleted:
// There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
// conversion; continue with other checks.
return false;
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
/// initialization.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType,
SourceLocation DeclLoc,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool AllowExplicit) {
assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
// Most paths end in a failed conversion.
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType T2 = Init->getType();
// If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
// to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
// type of the resulting function.
if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
DeclAccessPair Found;
if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
false, Found))
T2 = Fn->getType();
}
// Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
bool DerivedToBase = false;
bool ObjCConversion = false;
bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;
Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context);
Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
= S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase,
ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion);
// C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5:
// A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
// of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
// -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression
if (!isRValRef) {
// -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
// reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
//
// Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
if (InitCategory.isLValue() &&
RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
// C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
// When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
// to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
// is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
// has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
// in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
// derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
ICS.setStandard();
ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base
: ObjCConversion? ICK_Compatible_Conversion
: ICK_Identity;
ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType();
ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = false;
ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = ObjCLifetimeConversion;
ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
// Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
// derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
// computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
// [over.best.ics]p2).
return ICS;
}
// -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
// not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
// converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
// is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
// conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
// conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
// one through overload resolution (13.3)),
if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
!S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc,
Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false,
AllowExplicit))
return ICS;
}
}
// -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a
// non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference
// shall be an rvalue reference.
//
// We actually handle one oddity of C++ [over.ics.ref] at this
// point, which is that, due to p2 (which short-circuits reference
// binding by only attempting a simple conversion for non-direct
// bindings) and p3's strange wording, we allow a const volatile
// reference to bind to an rvalue. Hence the check for the presence
// of "const" rather than checking for "const" being the only
// qualifier.
// This is also the point where rvalue references and lvalue inits no longer
// go together.
if (!isRValRef && !T1.isConstQualified())
return ICS;
// -- If the initializer expression
//
// -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function
// lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or
if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification &&
(InitCategory.isXValue() ||
(InitCategory.isPRValue() && (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) ||
(InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) {
ICS.setStandard();
ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base
: ObjCConversion? ICK_Compatible_Conversion
: ICK_Identity;
ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
// In C++0x, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct
// binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue.
// Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we
// allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of
// standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here.
ICS.Standard.DirectBinding =
S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ||
(InitCategory.isPRValue() && !T2->isRecordType());
ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType();
ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue();
ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = ObjCLifetimeConversion;
ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
return ICS;
}
// -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not
// reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to
// an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type
// "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with
// "cv3 T3",
//
// then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer
// expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion
// in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base
// class subobject).
if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
T2->isRecordType() && !S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc,
Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true,
AllowExplicit)) {
// In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference
// and the second standard conversion sequence of the
// user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue
// conversion, the program is ill-formed.
if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef &&
ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue)
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
return ICS;
}
// -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
// initialized from the initializer expression using the
// rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
// reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
// reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
// cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
// cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
// If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
// we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
// added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
// initialization fails.
//
// Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here.
// ObjC GC and lifetime qualifiers aren't important.
Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers();
T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr();
T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr();
T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals))
return ICS;
}
// If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
// related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
// reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
// recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
// create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
(T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
return ICS;
// If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue
// reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue.
if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related &&
isRValRef && Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue())
return ICS;
// C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
// When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
// an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
// required to convert the argument expression to the
// underlying type of the reference according to
// 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
// to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
// the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
// cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
// and does not constitute a conversion.
ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
/*AllowExplicit=*/false,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*CStyle=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
// Of course, that's still a reference binding.
if (ICS.isStandard()) {
ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType();
ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true;
ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
} else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
// Don't allow rvalue references to bind to lvalues.
if (DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) {
if (const ReferenceType *RefType
= ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getResultType()
->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init,
DeclType);
return ICS;
}
}
}
ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType();
ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = true;
ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
}
return ICS;
}
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool InOverloadResolution,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
/// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the
/// initializer list From.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool InOverloadResolution,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p1:
// When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and
// special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type.
ImplicitConversionSequence Result;
Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Result.setListInitializationSequence();
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p2:
// If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and
// all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit
// conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an
// element of the list to X.
// FIXME: Recognize std::initializer_list.
// FIXME: Implement arrays.
if (ToType->isArrayType())
return Result;
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p3:
// Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload
// resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit
// conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple
// constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the
// implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence.
if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) {
// This function can deal with initializer lists.
Result = TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions,
/*AllowExplicit=*/false,
InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
Result.setListInitializationSequence();
return Result;
}
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p4:
// Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be
// initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion
// sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence.
if (ToType->isAggregateType()) {
// Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes
// down to checking whether the initialization works.
// FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not.
InitializedEntity Entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType,
/*Consumed=*/false);
if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, S.Owned(From))) {
Result.setUserDefined();
Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
// Initializer lists don't have a type.
Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType());
Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType());
Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType);
Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
}
return Result;
}
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p5:
// Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4.
if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
// The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't
// mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list-
// initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that.
QualType T1 = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
// If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related
// to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that.
if (From->getNumInits() == 1) {
Expr *Init = From->getInit(0);
QualType T2 = Init->getType();
// If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
// to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
// type of the resulting function.
if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
DeclAccessPair Found;
if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
Init, ToType, false, Found))
T2 = Fn->getType();
}
// Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
bool dummy1 = false;
bool dummy2 = false;
bool dummy3 = false;
Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
= S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getLocStart(), T1, T2, dummy1,
dummy2, dummy3);
if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related)
return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType,
/*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
SuppressUserConversions,
/*AllowExplicit=*/false);
}
// Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the
// initializer list.
Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
InOverloadResolution,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
if (Result.isFailure())
return Result;
assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&
"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.");
// Can we even bind to a temporary?
if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() ||
(T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) {
StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard :
Result.UserDefined.After;
SCS.ReferenceBinding = true;
SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType();
SCS.BindsToRvalue = true;
SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
} else
Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue,
From, ToType);
return Result;
}
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p6:
// Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class:
if (!ToType->isRecordType()) {
// - if the initializer list has one element, the implicit conversion
// sequence is the one required to convert the element to the
// parameter type.
// FIXME: Catch narrowing here?
unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits();
if (NumInits == 1)
Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType,
SuppressUserConversions,
InOverloadResolution,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
// - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion
// sequence is the identity conversion.
else if (NumInits == 0) {
Result.setStandard();
Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
}
return Result;
}
// C++11 [over.ics.list]p7:
// In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible
return Result;
}
/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool InOverloadResolution,
bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From))
return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions,
InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
if (ToType->isReferenceType())
return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType,
/*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
SuppressUserConversions,
/*AllowExplicit=*/false);
return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType,
SuppressUserConversions,
/*AllowExplicit=*/false,
InOverloadResolution,
/*CStyle=*/false,
AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
}
static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy,
const CanQualType ToQTy,
Sema &S,
SourceLocation Loc,
ExprValueKind FromVK) {
OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK);
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false);
return !ICS.isBad();
}
/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
/// expression @p From.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, QualType OrigFromType,
Expr::Classification FromClassification,
CXXMethodDecl *Method,
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
// [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
// const volatile object.
unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
// Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
// to exit early.
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
// We need to have an object of class type.
QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
// When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we
// better have an lvalue.
assert(FromClassification.isLValue());
}
assert(FromType->isRecordType());
// C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4:
// For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object
// parameter is
//
// - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a
// ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier
// - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the &&
// ref-qualifier
//
// where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the
// cv-qualification on the member function declaration.
//
// However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we
// are not allowed to create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
// (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
// reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
// non-constant references.
// First check the qualifiers.
QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
!= FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
!ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
return ICS;
}
// Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
// affects the conversion rank.
QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
} else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
else {
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
FromType, ImplicitParamType);
return ICS;
}
// Check the ref-qualifier.
switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) {
case RQ_None:
// Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness.
break;
case RQ_LValue:
if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && Quals != Qualifiers::Const) {
// non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType,
ImplicitParamType);
return ICS;
}
break;
case RQ_RValue:
if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) {
// rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue
ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType,
ImplicitParamType);
return ICS;
}
break;
}
// Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
ICS.setStandard();
ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue;
ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue();
ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier
= (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None);
return ICS;
}
/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
/// expression.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Expr::Classification FromClassification;
if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue();
} else {
FromRecordType = From->getType();
DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
FromClassification = From->Classify(Context);
}
// Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
// the actual argument initialization.
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
= TryObjectArgumentInitialization(*this, From->getType(), FromClassification,
Method, Method->getParent());
if (ICS.isBad()) {
if (ICS.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers) {
Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers();
unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
if (CVR) {
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr)
<< Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1)
<< From->getSourceRange();
Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Method->getDeclName();
return ExprError();
}
}
return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
<< ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
}
if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
ExprResult FromRes =
PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
if (FromRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = FromRes.take();
}
if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_NoOp,
From->getValueKind()).take();
return Owned(From);
}
/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) {
// FIXME: This is pretty broken.
return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy,
// FIXME: Are these flags correct?
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
/*AllowExplicit=*/true,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*CStyle=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
}
/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From))
return ExprError();
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From);
if (!ICS.isBad())
return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
<< From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
/// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence
/// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change
/// the result type of the conversion sequence.
static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) {
SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0];
}
}
/// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually
/// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) {
// Do an implicit conversion to 'id'.
QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType();
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
= TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty,
// FIXME: Are these flags correct?
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
/*AllowExplicit=*/true,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*CStyle=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
// Strip off any final conversions to 'id'.
switch (ICS.getKind()) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion:
dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After);
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard);
break;
}
return ICS;
}
/// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual
/// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type.
ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) {
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From))
return ExprError();
QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType();
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From);
if (!ICS.isBad())
return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting);
return ExprError();
}
/// \brief Attempt to convert the given expression to an integral or
/// enumeration type.
///
/// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to an
/// integral or enumeration type, if that class type only has a single
/// conversion to an integral or enumeration type.
///
/// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the
/// conversion.
///
/// \param FromE The expression we're converting from.
///
/// \param NotIntDiag The diagnostic to be emitted if the expression does not
/// have integral or enumeration type.
///
/// \param IncompleteDiag The diagnostic to be emitted if the expression has
/// incomplete class type.
///
/// \param ExplicitConvDiag The diagnostic to be emitted if we're calling an
/// explicit conversion function (because no implicit conversion functions
/// were available). This is a recovery mode.
///
/// \param ExplicitConvNote The note to be emitted with \p ExplicitConvDiag,
/// showing which conversion was picked.
///
/// \param AmbigDiag The diagnostic to be emitted if there is more than one
/// conversion function that could convert to integral or enumeration type.
///
/// \param AmbigNote The note to be emitted with \p AmbigDiag for each
/// usable conversion function.
///
/// \param ConvDiag The diagnostic to be emitted if we are calling a conversion
/// function, which may be an extension in this case.
///
/// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if
/// successful.
ExprResult
Sema::ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From,
const PartialDiagnostic &NotIntDiag,
const PartialDiagnostic &IncompleteDiag,
const PartialDiagnostic &ExplicitConvDiag,
const PartialDiagnostic &ExplicitConvNote,
const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigNote,
const PartialDiagnostic &ConvDiag) {
// We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions.
if (From->isTypeDependent())
return Owned(From);
// If the expression already has integral or enumeration type, we're golden.
QualType T = From->getType();
if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
return Owned(From);
// FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type?
// If we don't have a class type in C++, there's no way we can get an
// expression of integral or enumeration type.
const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RecordTy || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, NotIntDiag)
<< T << From->getSourceRange();
return Owned(From);
}
// We must have a complete class type.
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiag))
return Owned(From);
// Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type.
UnresolvedSet<4> ViableConversions;
UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions;
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
= cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (Conversions->size() > 1);
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
E = Conversions->end();
I != E;
++I) {
if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
= dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
if (Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType()
->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
if (Conversion->isExplicit())
ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess());
else
ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess());
}
}
switch (ViableConversions.size()) {
case 0:
if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1) {
DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0];
CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
= cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl());
// The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit
// conversion; use it.
QualType ConvTy
= Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
std::string TypeStr;
ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
Diag(Loc, ExplicitConvDiag)
<< T << ConvTy
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getLocStart(),
"static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getLocEnd()),
")");
Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), ExplicitConvNote)
<< ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
// If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the
// explicit conversion function.
if (isSFINAEContext())
return ExprError();
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, 0, Found);
ExprResult Result = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion,
HadMultipleCandidates);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Result.get()->getType(),
CK_UserDefinedConversion,
Result.get(), 0,
Result.get()->getValueKind());
}
// We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type.
break;
case 1: {
// Apply this conversion.
DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0];
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, 0, Found);
CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
= cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl());
QualType ConvTy
= Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
if (ConvDiag.getDiagID()) {
if (isSFINAEContext())
return ExprError();
Diag(Loc, ConvDiag)
<< T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy << From->getSourceRange();
}
ExprResult Result = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion,
HadMultipleCandidates);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Result.get()->getType(),
CK_UserDefinedConversion,
Result.get(), 0,
Result.get()->getValueKind());
break;
}
default:
Diag(Loc, AmbigDiag)
<< T << From->getSourceRange();
for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) {
CXXConversionDecl *Conv
= cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl());
QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
Diag(Conv->getLocation(), AmbigNote)
<< ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
}
return Owned(From);
}
if (!From->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Diag(Loc, NotIntDiag)
<< From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
return Owned(From);
}
/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
///
/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
/// code completion.
void
Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool SuppressUserConversions,
bool PartialOverloading) {
const FunctionProtoType* Proto
= dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
// If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
// that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
// "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
// implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
// function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
// object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
// is irrelevant.
AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
QualType(), Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(),
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
SuppressUserConversions);
return;
}
// We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
// argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
}
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
return;
// Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
// C++ [class.copy]p3:
// A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
// of a class object to an object of its class type.
QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
if (NumArgs == 1 &&
Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() &&
(Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
return;
}
// Add this candidate
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = Function;
Candidate.Viable = true;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = NumArgs;
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
// parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
// list (8.3.5).
if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
!Proto->isVariadic()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
return;
}
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
// is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
// (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
// parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
// exactly m parameters.
unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
// Not enough arguments.
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
return;
}
// (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets.
if (getLangOptions().CUDA)
if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
if (CheckCUDATarget(Caller, Function)) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target;
return;
}
// Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
// arguments.
Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
// (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
// exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
// (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
// parameter of F.
QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
= TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
SuppressUserConversions,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount);
if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
break;
}
} else {
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
// argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
// considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
}
}
}
/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
/// the overload canddiate set.
void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool SuppressUserConversions) {
for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
Args[0]->getType(), Args[0]->Classify(Context),
Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
else
AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
SuppressUserConversions);
} else {
FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
/*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Args[0]->getType(),
Args[0]->Classify(Context),
Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
CandidateSet,
SuppressUserConversions);
else
AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
/*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
SuppressUserConversions);
}
}
}
/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
QualType ObjectType,
Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool SuppressUserConversions) {
NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
"Expected a member function template");
AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
/*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, NumArgs,
CandidateSet,
SuppressUserConversions);
} else {
AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, NumArgs,
CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
}
}
/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
/// operators.
void
Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool SuppressUserConversions) {
const FunctionProtoType* Proto
= dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
return;
// Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);
// Add this candidate
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = Method;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = NumArgs;
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
// parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
// list (8.3.5).
if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
return;
}
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
// is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
// (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
// parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
// exactly m parameters.
unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
// Not enough arguments.
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
return;
}
Candidate.Viable = true;
Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
// The implicit object argument is ignored.
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
else {
// Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
// parameter.
Candidate.Conversions[0]
= TryObjectArgumentInitialization(*this, ObjectType, ObjectClassification,
Method, ActingContext);
if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
return;
}
}
// Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
// arguments.
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
// (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
// exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
// (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
// parameter of F.
QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
= TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
SuppressUserConversions,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount);
if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
break;
}
} else {
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
// argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
// considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
}
}
}
/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
/// function template specialization.
void
Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
QualType ObjectType,
Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool SuppressUserConversions) {
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
return;
// C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
// In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
// function template specializations are generated using template argument
// deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
// candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
// or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
// functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
// function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
// functions.
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
= DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = NumArgs;
Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
Info);
return;
}
// Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
// deduction as a candidate.
assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
"Specialization is not a member function?");
AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
}
/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
/// an appropriate function template specialization.
void
Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool SuppressUserConversions) {
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
return;
// C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
// In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
// function template specializations are generated using template argument
// deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
// candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
// or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
// functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
// function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
// functions.
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
= DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = NumArgs;
Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
Info);
return;
}
// Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
// deduction as a candidate.
assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
SuppressUserConversions);
}
/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
/// conversion function produces).
void
Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Expr *From, QualType ToType,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
return;
// Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);
// Add this candidate
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType);
Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Candidate.Viable = true;
Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1;
// C++ [over.match.funcs]p4:
// For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of
// the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of
// defining the type of the implicit object parameter.
//
// Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
// object parameter.
QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType();
if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>())
ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType();
CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext
= cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Candidate.Conversions[0]
= TryObjectArgumentInitialization(*this, From->getType(),
From->Classify(Context),
Conversion, ConversionContext);
if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
return;
}
// We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
// derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
// go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
QualType FromCanon
= Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
return;
}
// To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
// conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
// convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
// conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
// makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
// lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
// call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
// well-formed.
DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
VK_LValue, From->getLocStart());
ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack,
Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
&ConversionRef, VK_RValue);
QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType();
if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ConversionType, 0)) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
return;
}
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType);
// Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
// there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
// allocator).
QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0, CallResultType, VK,
From->getLocStart());
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
TryCopyInitialization(*this, &Call, ToType,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
switch (ICS.getKind()) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
// C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
// If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
// conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
// shall have exact match rank.
if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
}
// C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5:
// In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and
// the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined
// conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the
// program is ill-formed.
if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() &&
ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
}
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
break;
default:
llvm_unreachable(
"Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
}
}
/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
void
Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Expr *From, QualType ToType,
OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
"Only conversion function templates permitted here");
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
return;
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
= DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Specialization, Info)) {
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1;
Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
Info);
return;
}
// Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
// template argument deduction as a candidate.
assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
CandidateSet);
}
/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Expr *Object,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
return;
// Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Function = 0;
Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
Candidate.Viable = true;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = NumArgs;
// Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
// object parameter.
ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
= TryObjectArgumentInitialization(*this, Object->getType(),
Object->Classify(Context),
Conversion, ActingContext);
if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
return;
}
// The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
// first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
// effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false;
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl;
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
= Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
// Find the
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
// parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
// list (8.3.5).
if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
return;
}
// Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
// we have enough arguments.
if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
// Not enough arguments.
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
return;
}
// Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
// arguments.
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
// (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
// exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
// (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
// parameter of F.
QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
= TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount);
if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
break;
}
} else {
// (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
// argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
// considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
}
}
}
/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
/// member functions.
///
/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
/// [over.match.oper]).
void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
SourceRange OpRange) {
DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
// C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
// For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
// cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
// a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
// a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
// three sets of candidate functions, designated member
// candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
// constructed as follows:
QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
// -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
// result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
// (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
// empty.
if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
// Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
return;
LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
OperEnd = Operators.end();
Oper != OperEnd;
++Oper)
AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
CandidateSet,
/* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
}
}
/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
/// converted to bool.
void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool IsAssignmentOperator,
unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
// Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);
// Add this candidate
CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Candidate.Function = 0;
Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
// Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
// arguments.
Candidate.Viable = true;
Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = NumArgs;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
// C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
// For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
// left operand are restricted as follows:
// -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
// -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
// operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
// parameter of a built-in candidate.
//
// We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
// conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
// a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
// is not of the same type.
if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
= TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]);
} else {
Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
= TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount);
}
if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Candidate.Viable = false;
Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
break;
}
}
}
/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
/// enumeration types.
class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
/// TypeSet - A set of types.
typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
/// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
/// built-in candidates.
TypeSet PointerTypes;
/// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
/// used in the built-in candidates.
TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
/// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
/// used in the built-in candidates.
TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
/// \brief The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in
/// candidates.
TypeSet VectorTypes;
/// \brief A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates
bool HasNonRecordTypes;
/// \brief A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types
/// were present in the candidate set.
bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes;
/// \brief A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the
/// candidate set.
bool HasNullPtrType;
/// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
/// candidate type set.
Sema &SemaRef;
/// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
ASTContext &Context;
bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
public:
/// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
: HasNonRecordTypes(false),
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false),
HasNullPtrType(false),
SemaRef(SemaRef),
Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool AllowUserConversions,
bool AllowExplicitConversions,
const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
/// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
/// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
/// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
/// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
/// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
/// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
iterator vector_begin() { return VectorTypes.begin(); }
iterator vector_end() { return VectorTypes.end(); }
bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; }
bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; }
bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; }
};
/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
/// false otherwise.
///
/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
bool
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
// Insert this type.
if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
return false;
QualType PointeeTy;
const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
bool buildObjCPtr = false;
if (!PointerTy) {
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
buildObjCPtr = true;
}
else
llvm_unreachable("type was not a pointer type!");
}
else
PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
// Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
// (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
// only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
// and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
return true;
unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
// Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
// Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
// in the types.
if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
if (!buildObjCPtr)
PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
else
PointerTypes.insert(Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy));
}
return true;
}
/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
/// false otherwise.
///
/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
bool
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
QualType Ty) {
// Insert this type.
if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
return false;
const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
// Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
// (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
// only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
// and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
return true;
const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
// Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
// qualifiers.
unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
MemberPointerTypes.insert(
Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
}
return true;
}
/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
/// type.
void
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool AllowUserConversions,
bool AllowExplicitConversions,
const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
// Only deal with canonical types.
Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
// Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
// expression for the purposes of conversions.
if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
// If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
if (Ty->isArrayType())
Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
// Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
// Flag if we ever add a non-record type.
const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec;
// Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type.
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes =
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType();
if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType())
PointerTypes.insert(Ty);
else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
// Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
// of types.
if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
return;
} else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
// Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
return;
} else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true;
EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
} else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
// We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an
// extension.
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true;
VectorTypes.insert(Ty);
} else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) {
HasNullPtrType = true;
} else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) {
// No conversion functions in incomplete types.
if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0))
return;
CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
= ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
// Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
// about which builtin types we can convert to.
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
continue;
CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
VisibleQuals);
}
}
}
}
/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
/// given type to the candidate set.
static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
QualType T,
Expr **Args,
unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
QualType ParamTypes[2];
// T& operator=(T&, T)
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
ParamTypes[1] = T;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
// volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
ParamTypes[0]
= S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
ParamTypes[1] = T;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
}
}
/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
Qualifiers VRQuals;
const RecordType *TyRec;
if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>();
else
TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!TyRec) {
// Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
VRQuals.addVolatile();
VRQuals.addRestrict();
return VRQuals;
}
CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
return VRQuals;
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
// Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
// as see them.
bool done = false;
while (!done) {
if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
else
done = true;
if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
VRQuals.addVolatile();
if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
VRQuals.addRestrict();
if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
return VRQuals;
}
}
}
return VRQuals;
}
namespace {
/// \brief Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload
/// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout
/// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin
/// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set.
class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder {
// Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods.
Sema &S;
Expr **Args;
unsigned NumArgs;
Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType;
SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes;
OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet;
// Define some constants used to index and iterate over the arithemetic types
// provided via the getArithmeticType() method below.
// The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic
// types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2).
static const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 3;
static const unsigned LastIntegralType = 18;
static const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 3,
LastPromotedIntegralType = 9;
static const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0,
LastPromotedArithmeticType = 9;
static const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 18;
/// \brief Get the canonical type for a given arithmetic type index.
CanQualType getArithmeticType(unsigned index) {
assert(index < NumArithmeticTypes);
static CanQualType ASTContext::* const
ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
// Start of promoted types.
&ASTContext::FloatTy,
&ASTContext::DoubleTy,
&ASTContext::LongDoubleTy,
// Start of integral types.
&ASTContext::IntTy,
&ASTContext::LongTy,
&ASTContext::LongLongTy,
&ASTContext::UnsignedIntTy,
&ASTContext::UnsignedLongTy,
&ASTContext::UnsignedLongLongTy,
// End of promoted types.
&ASTContext::BoolTy,
&ASTContext::CharTy,
&ASTContext::WCharTy,
&ASTContext::Char16Ty,
&ASTContext::Char32Ty,
&ASTContext::SignedCharTy,
&ASTContext::ShortTy,
&ASTContext::UnsignedCharTy,
&ASTContext::UnsignedShortTy,
// End of integral types.
// FIXME: What about complex?
};
return S.Context.*ArithmeticTypes[index];
}
/// \brief Gets the canonical type resulting from the usual arithemetic
/// converions for the given arithmetic types.
CanQualType getUsualArithmeticConversions(unsigned L, unsigned R) {
// Accelerator table for performing the usual arithmetic conversions.
// The rules are basically:
// - if either is floating-point, use the wider floating-point
// - if same signedness, use the higher rank
// - if same size, use unsigned of the higher rank
// - use the larger type
// These rules, together with the axiom that higher ranks are
// never smaller, are sufficient to precompute all of these results
// *except* when dealing with signed types of higher rank.
// (we could precompute SLL x UI for all known platforms, but it's
// better not to make any assumptions).
enum PromotedType {
Flt, Dbl, LDbl, SI, SL, SLL, UI, UL, ULL, Dep=-1
};
static PromotedType ConversionsTable[LastPromotedArithmeticType]
[LastPromotedArithmeticType] = {
/* Flt*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, Flt, Flt, Flt, Flt, Flt, Flt },
/* Dbl*/ { Dbl, Dbl, LDbl, Dbl, Dbl, Dbl, Dbl, Dbl, Dbl },
/*LDbl*/ { LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl },
/* SI*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, SI, SL, SLL, UI, UL, ULL },
/* SL*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, SL, SL, SLL, Dep, UL, ULL },
/* SLL*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, SLL, SLL, SLL, Dep, Dep, ULL },
/* UI*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, UI, Dep, Dep, UI, UL, ULL },
/* UL*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, UL, UL, Dep, UL, UL, ULL },
/* ULL*/ { Flt, Dbl, LDbl, ULL, ULL, ULL, ULL, ULL, ULL },
};
assert(L < LastPromotedArithmeticType);
assert(R < LastPromotedArithmeticType);
int Idx = ConversionsTable[L][R];
// Fast path: the table gives us a concrete answer.
if (Idx != Dep) return getArithmeticType(Idx);
// Slow path: we need to compare widths.
// An invariant is that the signed type has higher rank.
CanQualType LT = getArithmeticType(L),
RT = getArithmeticType(R);
unsigned LW = S.Context.getIntWidth(LT),
RW = S.Context.getIntWidth(RT);
// If they're different widths, use the signed type.
if (LW > RW) return LT;
else if (LW < RW) return RT;
// Otherwise, use the unsigned type of the signed type's rank.
if (L == SL || R == SL) return S.Context.UnsignedLongTy;
assert(L == SLL || R == SLL);
return S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
}
/// \brief Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads
/// for '++' and '--' builtin operators.
void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy,
bool HasVolatile) {
QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy),
S.Context.IntTy
};
// Non-volatile version.
if (NumArgs == 1)
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
else
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(CandidateTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
// Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set:
// add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
if (HasVolatile) {
ParamTypes[0] =
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(
S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy));
if (NumArgs == 1)
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
else
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(CandidateTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
public:
BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder(
Sema &S, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals,
bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType,
SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes,
OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet)
: S(S), Args(Args), NumArgs(NumArgs),
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals),
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType(
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType),
CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes),
CandidateSet(CandidateSet) {
// Validate some of our static helper constants in debug builds.
assert(getArithmeticType(FirstPromotedIntegralType) == S.Context.IntTy &&
"Invalid first promoted integral type");
assert(getArithmeticType(LastPromotedIntegralType - 1)
== S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
"Invalid last promoted integral type");
assert(getArithmeticType(FirstPromotedArithmeticType)
== S.Context.FloatTy &&
"Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
assert(getArithmeticType(LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1)
== S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
"Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
}
// C++ [over.built]p3:
//
// For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
// is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
// functions of the form
//
// VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
// T operator++(VQ T&, int);
//
// C++ [over.built]p4:
//
// For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
// than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
// candidate operator functions of the form
//
// VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
// T operator--(VQ T&, int);
void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(
getArithmeticType(Arith),
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile());
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p5:
//
// For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
// cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
// empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
// T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
// T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
// T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
// Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
if (!(*Ptr)->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
continue;
addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(*Ptr,
(!S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()));
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p6:
// For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
// exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// T& operator*(T*);
//
// C++ [over.built]p7:
// For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a
// ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
// T& operator*(T*);
void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType();
if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType())
continue;
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
if (Proto->getTypeQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier())
continue;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
&ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p9:
// For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
// operator functions of the form
//
// T operator+(T);
// T operator-(T);
void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
QualType ArithTy = getArithmeticType(Arith);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
}
// Extension: We also add these operators for vector types.
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Vec = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
VecEnd = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
Vec != VecEnd; ++Vec) {
QualType VecTy = *Vec;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(VecTy, &VecTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p8:
// For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
// the form
//
// T* operator+(T*);
void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p10:
// For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
// operator functions of the form
//
// T operator~(T);
void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
QualType IntTy = getArithmeticType(Int);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
}
// Extension: We also add this operator for vector types.
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Vec = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
VecEnd = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
Vec != VecEnd; ++Vec) {
QualType VecTy = *Vec;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(VecTy, &VecTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
}
}
// C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
// For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
// functions of the form
//
// bool operator==(T,T);
// bool operator!=(T,T);
void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOverloads() {
/// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(),
MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end();
MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
++MemPtr) {
// Don't add the same builtin candidate twice.
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p15:
//
// For every T, where T is an enumeration type, a pointer type, or
// std::nullptr_t, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// bool operator<(T, T);
// bool operator>(T, T);
// bool operator<=(T, T);
// bool operator>=(T, T);
// bool operator==(T, T);
// bool operator!=(T, T);
void addRelationalPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() {
// C++ [over.built]p1:
// If there is a user-written candidate with the same name and parameter
// types as a built-in candidate operator function, the built-in operator
// function is hidden and is not included in the set of candidate
// functions.
//
// The text is actually in a note, but if we don't implement it then we end
// up with ambiguities when the user provides an overloaded operator for
// an enumeration type. Note that only enumeration types have this problem,
// so we track which enumeration types we've seen operators for. Also, the
// only other overloaded operator with enumeration argumenst, operator=,
// cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place
// where we must suppress candidates like this.
llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> >
UserDefinedBinaryOperators;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin() !=
CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end()) {
for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(),
CEnd = CandidateSet.end();
C != CEnd; ++C) {
if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2)
continue;
QualType FirstParamType =
C->Function->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
QualType SecondParamType =
C->Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
// Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type.
if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() ||
!SecondParamType->isEnumeralType())
continue;
// Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators.
UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert(
std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType),
S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType)));
}
}
}
/// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
// Don't add the same builtin candidate twice.
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(),
EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end();
Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) {
CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum);
// Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined
// candidate exists.
if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType) ||
UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType,
CanonType)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) {
CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy);
if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy) &&
!UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(NullPtrTy,
NullPtrTy))) {
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p13:
//
// For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
// there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
// T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
// T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
// T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
// T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
//
// C++ [over.built]p14:
//
// For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
// exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) {
/// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;
for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) {
QualType AsymetricParamTypes[2] = {
S.Context.getPointerDiffType(),
S.Context.getPointerDiffType(),
};
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
QualType PointeeTy = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType();
if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType())
continue;
AsymetricParamTypes[Arg] = *Ptr;
if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) {
// operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
// T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, AsymetricParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
if (Op == OO_Minus) {
// ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p12:
//
// For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
// exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// LR operator*(L, R);
// LR operator/(L, R);
// LR operator+(L, R);
// LR operator-(L, R);
// bool operator<(L, R);
// bool operator>(L, R);
// bool operator<=(L, R);
// bool operator>=(L, R);
// bool operator==(L, R);
// bool operator!=(L, R);
//
// where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
// between types L and R.
//
// C++ [over.built]p24:
//
// For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
// candidate operator functions of the form
//
// LR operator?(bool, L, R);
//
// where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
// between types L and R.
// Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(bool isComparison) {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
QualType LandR[2] = { getArithmeticType(Left),
getArithmeticType(Right) };
QualType Result =
isComparison ? S.Context.BoolTy
: getUsualArithmeticConversions(Left, Right);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
// Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the
// conditional operator for vector types.
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Vec1 = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
Vec1End = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
Vec1 != Vec1End; ++Vec1) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Vec2 = CandidateTypes[1].vector_begin(),
Vec2End = CandidateTypes[1].vector_end();
Vec2 != Vec2End; ++Vec2) {
QualType LandR[2] = { *Vec1, *Vec2 };
QualType Result = S.Context.BoolTy;
if (!isComparison) {
if ((*Vec1)->isExtVectorType() || !(*Vec2)->isExtVectorType())
Result = *Vec1;
else
Result = *Vec2;
}
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p17:
//
// For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
// exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// LR operator%(L, R);
// LR operator&(L, R);
// LR operator^(L, R);
// LR operator|(L, R);
// L operator<<(L, R);
// L operator>>(L, R);
//
// where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
// between types L and R.
void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
QualType LandR[2] = { getArithmeticType(Left),
getArithmeticType(Right) };
QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
? LandR[0]
: getUsualArithmeticConversions(Left, Right);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p20:
//
// For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
// pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
// empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() {
/// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(),
EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end();
Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) {
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum)))
continue;
AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, *Enum, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(),
MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end();
MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)))
continue;
AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p19:
//
// For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
// volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
// of the form
//
// T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
//
// C++ [over.built]p21:
//
// For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
// cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
// empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
// T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) {
/// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
// If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added.
if (isEqualOp)
AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr));
else if (!(*Ptr)->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
continue;
// non-volatile version
QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr),
isEqualOp ? *Ptr : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(),
};
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp);
if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
// volatile version
ParamTypes[0] =
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
}
}
if (isEqualOp) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
// Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice.
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr),
*Ptr,
};
// non-volatile version
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/true);
if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
// volatile version
ParamTypes[0] =
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet, /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/true);
}
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p18:
//
// For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
// VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
// arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
// the form
//
// VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
QualType ParamTypes[2];
ParamTypes[1] = getArithmeticType(Right);
// Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
ParamTypes[0] =
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(getArithmeticType(Left));
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
// Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
ParamTypes[0] =
S.Context.getVolatileType(getArithmeticType(Left));
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
}
}
}
// Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types.
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Vec1 = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
Vec1End = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
Vec1 != Vec1End; ++Vec1) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Vec2 = CandidateTypes[1].vector_begin(),
Vec2End = CandidateTypes[1].vector_end();
Vec2 != Vec2End; ++Vec2) {
QualType ParamTypes[2];
ParamTypes[1] = *Vec2;
// Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Vec1);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
// Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(*Vec1);
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet,
/*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
}
}
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p22:
//
// For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
// is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
// type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
// VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() {
if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
return;
for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
QualType ParamTypes[2];
ParamTypes[1] = getArithmeticType(Right);
// Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
ParamTypes[0] =
S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(getArithmeticType(Left));
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
// Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
ParamTypes[0] = getArithmeticType(Left);
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2,
CandidateSet);
}
}
}
}
// C++ [over.operator]p23:
//
// There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// bool operator!(bool);
// bool operator&&(bool, bool);
// bool operator||(bool, bool);
void addExclaimOverload() {
QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy;
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
/*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
}
void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() {
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
/*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
/*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
}
// C++ [over.built]p13:
//
// For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
// exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
// T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
// T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
// T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
// T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
void addSubscriptOverloads() {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, S.Context.getPointerDiffType() };
QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType();
if (!PointeeType->isObjectType())
continue;
QualType ResultTy = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
// T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), *Ptr };
QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType();
if (!PointeeType->isObjectType())
continue;
QualType ResultTy = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
// T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*)
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
// C++ [over.built]p11:
// For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
// C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
// type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
// there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
//
// where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
void addArrowStarOverloads() {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
QualType C1;
QualifierCollector Q1;
C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0);
if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
continue;
// heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
// Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
// volatile/restrict type.
if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
continue;
if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
continue;
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
MemPtr = CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_begin(),
MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_end();
MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
break;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
// build CV12 T&
QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
T.isVolatileQualified())
continue;
if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
T.isRestrictQualified())
continue;
T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T);
QualType ResultTy = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
// Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
// contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
// therefore added as binary.
//
// C++ [over.built]p25:
// For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped
// enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
//
// T operator?(bool, T, T);
//
void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() {
/// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Ptr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_begin(),
PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_end();
Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(),
MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end();
MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*MemPtr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(),
EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end();
Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) {
if (!(*Enum)->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped())
continue;
if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum)))
continue;
QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*Enum, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
}
};
} // end anonymous namespace
/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
void
Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
// Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
// if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
// that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record
// candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types.
Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false;
bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false;
SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
CandidateTypes.push_back(BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(*this));
CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
OpLoc,
true,
(Op == OO_Exclaim ||
Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Op == OO_PipePipe),
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType ||
CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes();
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType =
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType ||
CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes();
}
// Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set
// for any of the arguments to the operator.
//
// We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have
// 'bool' overloads.
if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType &&
!(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe))
return;
// Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads.
BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, NumArgs,
VisibleTypeConversionsQuals,
HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType,
CandidateTypes, CandidateSet);
// Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply.
switch (Op) {
case OO_None:
case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator");
case OO_New:
case OO_Delete:
case OO_Array_New:
case OO_Array_Delete:
case OO_Call:
llvm_unreachable(
"Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
case OO_Comma:
case OO_Arrow:
// C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
// -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
// operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
break;
case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
if (NumArgs == 1)
OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads();
// Fall through.
case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
if (NumArgs == 1) {
OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads();
} else {
OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op);
OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
}
break;
case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
if (NumArgs == 1)
OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads();
else
OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
break;
case OO_Slash:
OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
break;
case OO_PlusPlus:
case OO_MinusMinus:
OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op);
OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads();
break;
case OO_EqualEqual:
case OO_ExclaimEqual:
OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOverloads();
// Fall through.
case OO_Less:
case OO_Greater:
case OO_LessEqual:
case OO_GreaterEqual:
OpBuilder.addRelationalPointerOrEnumeralOverloads();
OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/true);
break;
case OO_Percent:
case OO_Caret:
case OO_Pipe:
case OO_LessLess:
case OO_GreaterGreater:
OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op);
break;
case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
if (NumArgs == 1)
// C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
// -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
// operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
break;
OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op);
break;
case OO_Tilde:
OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads();
break;
case OO_Equal:
OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads();
// Fall through.
case OO_PlusEqual:
case OO_MinusEqual:
OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal);
// Fall through.
case OO_StarEqual:
case OO_SlashEqual:
OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal);
break;
case OO_PercentEqual:
case OO_LessLessEqual:
case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
case OO_AmpEqual:
case OO_CaretEqual:
case OO_PipeEqual:
OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads();
break;
case OO_Exclaim:
OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload();
break;
case OO_AmpAmp:
case OO_PipePipe:
OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload();
break;
case OO_Subscript:
OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads();
break;
case OO_ArrowStar:
OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads();
break;
case OO_Conditional:
OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads();
OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
break;
}
}
/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
/// to the set of overloading candidates.
///
/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
void
Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
bool Operator,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
bool PartialOverloading,
bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated) {
ADLResult Fns;
// FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
// redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
// which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
// always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
// right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
// we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
// FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns,
StdNamespaceIsAssociated);
// Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
if (Cand->Function) {
Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
}
// For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
// set.
for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
continue;
AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
false, PartialOverloading);
} else
AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
}
}
/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
bool
isBetterOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
const OverloadCandidate &Cand1,
const OverloadCandidate &Cand2,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool UserDefinedConversion) {
// Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
// functions.
if (!Cand2.Viable)
return Cand1.Viable;
else if (!Cand1.Viable)
return false;
// C++ [over.match.best]p1:
//
// -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
// that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
// any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
// better nor worse than ICS1(F).
unsigned StartArg = 0;
if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
StartArg = 1;
// C++ [over.match.best]p1:
// A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
// viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
// conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
bool HasBetterConversion = false;
for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S,
Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
// Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
HasBetterConversion = true;
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
// Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
return false;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
// Do nothing.
break;
}
}
// -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
// ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
if (HasBetterConversion)
return true;
// - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
// specialization, or, if not that,
if ((!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) &&
Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
return true;
// -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
// template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
// according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
// if not that,
if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
= S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Loc,
isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
: TPOC_Call,
Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments))
return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
}
// -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
// (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
// from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
// the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
// conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
// from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
if (UserDefinedConversion && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(S,
Cand1.FinalConversion,
Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
// Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
return true;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
// Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
return false;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
// Do nothing
break;
}
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
/// within an overload candidate set.
///
/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
///
/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
/// which overload resolution occurs.
///
/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
///
/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
OverloadingResult
OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
iterator &Best,
bool UserDefinedConversion) {
// Find the best viable function.
Best = end();
for (iterator Cand = begin(); Cand != end(); ++Cand) {
if (Cand->Viable)
if (Best == end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc,
UserDefinedConversion))
Best = Cand;
}
// If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
if (Best == end())
return OR_No_Viable_Function;
// Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
// function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
for (iterator Cand = begin(); Cand != end(); ++Cand) {
if (Cand->Viable &&
Cand != Best &&
!isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Best, *Cand, Loc,
UserDefinedConversion)) {
Best = end();
return OR_Ambiguous;
}
}
// Best is the best viable function.
if (Best->Function &&
(Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
S.isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(Best->Function)))
return OR_Deleted;
return OR_Success;
}
namespace {
enum OverloadCandidateKind {
oc_function,
oc_method,
oc_constructor,
oc_function_template,
oc_method_template,
oc_constructor_template,
oc_implicit_default_constructor,
oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
oc_implicit_move_constructor,
oc_implicit_copy_assignment,
oc_implicit_move_assignment,
oc_implicit_inherited_constructor
};
OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
FunctionDecl *Fn,
std::string &Description) {
bool isTemplate = false;
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
isTemplate = true;
Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
}
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
if (Ctor->getInheritedConstructor())
return oc_implicit_inherited_constructor;
if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
return oc_implicit_default_constructor;
if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
return oc_implicit_move_constructor;
assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&
"unexpected sort of implicit constructor");
return oc_implicit_copy_constructor;
}
if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
// This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
// it doesn't hurt to split it out.
if (!Meth->isImplicit())
return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
return oc_implicit_move_assignment;
assert(Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()
&& "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
}
return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
}
void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn);
if (!Ctor) return;
Ctor = Ctor->getInheritedConstructor();
if (!Ctor) return;
S.Diag(Ctor->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor);
}
} // end anonymous namespace
// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType) {
std::string FnDesc;
OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
<< (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType);
Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD);
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Fn);
}
//Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through
// OverloadedExpr
void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType) {
assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr);
OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression;
for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end();
I != IEnd; ++I) {
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl =
dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) {
NoteOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), DestType);
} else if (FunctionDecl *Fun
= dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) {
NoteOverloadCandidate(Fun, DestType);
}
}
}
/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
/// target types of the conversion.
void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(
Sema &S,
SourceLocation CaretLoc,
const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const {
S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
<< Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType();
for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
}
}
namespace {
void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
assert(Conv.isBad());
assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
// There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
// non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
// conversion-slot index.
bool isObjectArgument = false;
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
if (I == 0)
isObjectArgument = true;
else
I--;
}
std::string FnDesc;
OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< ToTy << Name << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
// Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
// to a qualifier mismatch.
CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
else {
// TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
}
if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
!CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
// It is dumb that we have to do this here.
while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy
<< FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
<< (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy
<< FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime()
<< (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy
<< FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()
<< (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
if (isObjectArgument) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy << (CVR - 1);
} else {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
}
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
// Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since
// telling the user that it has type void is not useful.
if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
// Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
// since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
// the failure.
QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
// Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions.
unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0;
if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) &&
!FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() &&
!ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() &&
S.IsDerivedFrom(ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(),
FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()))
BaseToDerivedConversion = 1;
}
} else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy
= FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy
= ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl())
if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl())
if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) &&
FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface))
BaseToDerivedConversion = 2;
} else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) &&
!FromTy->isIncompleteType() &&
!ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() &&
S.IsDerivedFrom(ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy))
BaseToDerivedConversion = 3;
}
if (BaseToDerivedConversion) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1)
<< FromTy << ToTy << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) &&
isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) {
Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) {
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
}
// Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it.
PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv);
FDiag << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
<< (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I + 1
<< (unsigned) (Cand->Fix.Kind);
// If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
for (SmallVector<FixItHint, 1>::iterator
HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(), HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end();
HI != HE; ++HI)
FDiag << *HI;
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag);
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
}
void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
// TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
// With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we
// have an arity mismatch when it fact it looks like we have the
// right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have
// the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions.
// Just don't report anything.
if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() &&
Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName)
return;
// at least / at most / exactly
unsigned mode, modeCount;
if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||
(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments));
if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() ||
FnTy->isVariadic() || FnTy->isTemplateVariadic())
mode = 0; // "at least"
else
mode = 2; // "exactly"
modeCount = MinParams;
} else {
assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||
(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments));
if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
mode = 1; // "at most"
else
mode = 2; // "exactly"
modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
}
std::string Description;
OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << (Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() != 0) << mode
<< modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
}
/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
TemplateParameter Param = Cand->DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter();
NamedDecl *ParamD;
(ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
(ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
(ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
<< ParamD->getDeclName();
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: {
assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result");
TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD);
QualType Param = Cand->DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType();
// Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a
// qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that.
QualifierCollector Qs;
Qs.strip(Param);
QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl());
assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam));
// Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do
// about that. It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't
// have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't
// done on dependent types).
QualType Arg = Cand->DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType();
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified)
<< ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: {
assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result");
int which = 0;
if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
which = 0;
else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
which = 1;
else {
which = 2;
}
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction)
<< which << ParamD->getDeclName()
<< *Cand->DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()
<< *Cand->DeductionFailure.getSecondArg();
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments");
if (ParamD->getDeclName())
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named)
<< ParamD->getDeclName();
else {
int index = 0;
if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
index = TTP->getIndex();
else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
= dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
index = NTTP->getIndex();
else
index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex();
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed)
<< (index + 1);
}
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
return;
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth);
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: {
std::string ArgString;
if (TemplateArgumentList *Args
= Cand->DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList())
ArgString = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()->getTemplateParameters(),
*Args);
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure)
<< ArgString;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
// TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
// note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
}
/// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets.
void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
FunctionDecl *Caller = cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext);
FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function;
Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee);
std::string FnDesc;
OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Callee, FnDesc);
S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target)
<< (unsigned) FnKind << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget;
}
/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
///
/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
/// overload.
///
/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
// Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() ||
S.isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(Fn))) {
std::string FnDesc;
OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
<< FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Fn);
return;
}
// We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
if (Cand->Viable) {
S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
return;
}
switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
// FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
// when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
// those conditions and diagnose them well.
return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
}
case ovl_fail_bad_target:
return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand);
}
}
void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
// Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
// retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
// the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
bool isLValueReference = false;
bool isRValueReference = false;
bool isPointer = false;
if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
isLValueReference = true;
} else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
isRValueReference = true;
}
if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
isPointer = true;
}
// Desugar down to a function type.
FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
// Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
<< FnType;
MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->Surrogate);
}
void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
const char *Opc,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
std::string TypeStr("operator");
TypeStr += Opc;
TypeStr += "(";
TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
TypeStr += ")";
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
} else {
TypeStr += ", ";
TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
TypeStr += ")";
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
}
}
void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(S, OpLoc,
S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
}
}
SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
if (Cand->Function)
return Cand->Function->getLocation();
if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
return SourceLocation();
}
static unsigned
RankDeductionFailure(const OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) {
switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) {
case Sema::TDK_Success:
llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
return 1;
case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
return 2;
case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
return 3;
case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
return 4;
case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
return 5;
case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
return 6;
}
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result");
}
struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
Sema &S;
CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
const OverloadCandidate *R) {
// Fast-path this check.
if (L == R) return false;
// Order first by viability.
if (L->Viable) {
if (!R->Viable) return true;
// TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
// candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
// that could exploit it.
if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
} else if (R->Viable)
return false;
assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
// Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
if (!L->Viable) {
// 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
return false;
if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
return true;
// 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
// of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
return true;
// The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes,
// comes first.
unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed;
unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed;
numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX : numLFixes;
numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX : numRFixes;
if (numLFixes != numRFixes) {
if (numLFixes < numRFixes)
return true;
else
return false;
}
// If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
// FIXME: this might not be transitive.
assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
int leftBetter = 0;
unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S,
L->Conversions[I],
R->Conversions[I])) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
leftBetter++;
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
leftBetter--;
break;
case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
break;
}
}
if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
} else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
return false;
if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) {
if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction)
return true;
if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result)
return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure)
< RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure);
} else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction)
return false;
// TODO: others?
}
// Sort everything else by location.
SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
// Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
}
};
/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
/// computes up to the first. Produces the FixIt set if possible.
void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
assert(!Cand->Viable);
// Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
// We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected.
bool Unfixable = false;
// Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes.
Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization);
// Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
while (true) {
assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
ConvIdx++;
if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad()) {
Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx - 1, S);
break;
}
}
if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
return;
assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
"remaining conversion is initialized?");
// FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload
// operation somehow.
bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
QualType ConvType
= Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
ArgIdx--;
} else if (Cand->Function) {
Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
ArgIdx--;
} else {
// Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
assert(ConvCount <= 3);
for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
= TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ConvIdx],
Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
SuppressUserConversions,
/*InOverloadResolution*/ true,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
S.getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount);
return;
}
// Fill in the rest of the conversions.
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
= TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
SuppressUserConversions,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
S.getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount);
// Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists.
if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad())
Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S);
}
else
Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
}
}
} // end anonymous namespace
/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
/// set.
void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S,
OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
const char *Opc,
SourceLocation OpLoc) {
// Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
// be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size());
for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
if (Cand->Viable)
Cands.push_back(Cand);
else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
if (Cand->Function || Cand->IsSurrogate)
Cands.push_back(Cand);
// Otherwise, this a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general,
// want to list every possible builtin candidate.
}
}
std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S));
bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
const DiagnosticsEngine::OverloadsShown ShowOverloads =
S.Diags.getShowOverloads();
unsigned CandsShown = 0;
for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
// Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidate functions we'll spam
// the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the
// candidate list.
if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == DiagnosticsEngine::Ovl_Best) {
break;
}
++CandsShown;
if (Cand->Function)
NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand);
else {
assert(Cand->Viable &&
"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.");
// Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
// operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
// ambiguous user-defined conversion.
//
// FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
// different ambiguities, though.
if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand);
ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
}
// If this is a viable builtin, print it.
NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
}
}
if (I != E)
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I);
}
// [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
// NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
// R (A) --> R(A)
// R (*)(A) --> R (A)
// R (&)(A) --> R (A)
// R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) {
QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType;
if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr =
PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>())
Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef =
PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ret =
Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType();
return Ret;
}
// A helper class to help with address of function resolution
// - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters
class AddressOfFunctionResolver
{
Sema& S;
Expr* SourceExpr;
const QualType& TargetType;
QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type
bool Complain;
//DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair;
ASTContext& Context;
bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction;
bool FoundNonTemplateFunction;
OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo;
OverloadExpr *OvlExpr;
TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs;
SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
public:
AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr* SourceExpr,
const QualType& TargetType, bool Complain)
: S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType),
Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()),
TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction(
!!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()),
FoundNonTemplateFunction(false),
OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)),
OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression)
{
ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType();
if (!TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
DeclAccessPair dap;
if (FunctionDecl* Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
OvlExpr, false, &dap) ) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
if (!Method->isStatic()) {
// If the target type is a non-function type and the function
// found is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was
// the target, it's the only possible type to end up with.
TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true;
// And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form.
// We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions.
if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer)
return;
}
}
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap,Fn));
}
}
return;
}
if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs);
if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) {
// C++ [over.over]p4:
// If more than one function is selected, [...]
if (Matches.size() > 1) {
if (FoundNonTemplateFunction)
EliminateAllTemplateMatches();
else
EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate();
}
}
}
private:
bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const {
return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType();
}
// [ToType] [Return]
// R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false
// R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false
// R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true
void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() {
TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType);
}
// return true if any matching specializations were found
bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate,
const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
= dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
// Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
// static when converting to member pointer.
if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
return false;
}
else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
return false;
// C++ [over.over]p2:
// If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
// done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
// resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
// function template specialization, which is added to the set of
// overloaded functions considered.
FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result
= S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate,
&OvlExplicitTemplateArgs,
TargetFunctionType, Specialization,
Info)) {
// FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
(void)Result;
return false;
}
// Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match.
// This function template specicalization works.
Specialization = cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl());
assert(TargetFunctionType
== Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization));
return true;
}
bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn,
const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
// Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
// when converting to member pointer.
if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
return false;
}
else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
return false;
if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
if (S.getLangOptions().CUDA)
if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
if (S.CheckCUDATarget(Caller, FunDecl))
return false;
QualType ResultTy;
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType,
FunDecl->getType()) ||
S.IsNoReturnConversion(FunDecl->getType(), TargetFunctionType,
ResultTy)) {
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair,
cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() {
bool Ret = false;
// If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to
// member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type.
if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction())
return false;
for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
I != E; ++I) {
// Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
// C++ [over.over]p3:
// Non-member functions and static member functions match
// targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
// Nonstatic member functions match targets of
// type "pointer-to-member-function."
// Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair()))
Ret = true;
}
// If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates.
else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() &&
AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair()))
Ret = true;
}
assert(Ret || Matches.empty());
return Ret;
}
void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() {
// [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
// eliminated if the set contains a second function template
// specialization whose function template is more specialized
// than the function template of F1 according to the partial
// ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
// The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
// two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
// best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
// best function template (if it exists).
UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
S.getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
TPOC_Other, 0, SourceExpr->getLocStart(),
S.PDiag(),
S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
<< Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
<< (unsigned) oc_function_template,
Complain, TargetFunctionType);
if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) {
// Make it the first and only element
Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Matches.resize(1);
}
}
void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() {
// [...] any function template specializations in the set are
// eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
++I;
else {
Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
Matches.set_size(N);
}
}
}
public:
void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const {
assert(Matches.empty());
S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
<< OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType
<< OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType);
}
bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const {
return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction &&
!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer;
}
void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const {
// TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might
// have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers?
// TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt.
S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier)
<< TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
}
void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const {
S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
<< OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType;
}
void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const {
assert(Matches.size() > 1);
S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
<< OvlExpr->getName()
<< OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType);
}
bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); }
int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); }
FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const {
if (Matches.size() != 1) return 0;
return Matches[0].second;
}
const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const {
if (Matches.size() != 1) return 0;
return &Matches[0].first;
}
};
/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
///
/// @code
/// int f(double);
/// int f(int);
///
/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
/// @endcode
///
/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
FunctionDecl *
Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
QualType TargetType,
bool Complain,
DeclAccessPair &FoundResult,
bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) {
assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType,
Complain);
int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches();
FunctionDecl* Fn = 0;
if (NumMatches == 0 && Complain) {
if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction())
Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction();
else
Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound();
}
else if (NumMatches > 1 && Complain)
Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound();
else if (NumMatches == 1) {
Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl();
assert(Fn);
FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair();
MarkDeclarationReferenced(AddressOfExpr->getLocStart(), Fn);
if (Complain)
CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult);
}
if (pHadMultipleCandidates)
*pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates();
return Fn;
}
/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
///
/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
FunctionDecl *
Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
bool Complain,
DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) {
// C++ [over.over]p1:
// [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
// overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
// C++ [over.over]p1:
// [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
// operator.
// If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
return 0;
TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
ovl->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
// Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
// whose type matches exactly.
FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(),
E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
// [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
// where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
// specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
// identifies a single function template specialization, then the
// template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
= cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl());
// C++ [over.over]p2:
// If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
// done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
// resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
// function template specialization, which is added to the set of
// overloaded functions considered.
FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, ovl->getNameLoc());
if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
= DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Specialization, Info)) {
// FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
(void)Result;
continue;
}
assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?");
// Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
if (Matched) {
if (Complain) {
Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
<< ovl->getName();
NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl);
}
return 0;
}
Matched = Specialization;
if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair();
}
return Matched;
}
// Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved
// because it identifies a single function template specialization.
//
// Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true
//
// Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the
// expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded. Always
// returns true if 'complain' is set.
bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConverion,
bool complain, const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining,
QualType DestTypeForComplaining,
unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) {
assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get());
DeclAccessPair found;
ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression;
if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) {
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getSourceRange().getBegin())) {
SrcExpr = ExprError();
return true;
}
// It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're
// resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member.
// Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which
// is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this.
if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer &&
isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) &&
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) {
if (!complain) return false;
Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(),
diag::err_bound_member_function)
<< 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange();
// TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of
// static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression
// would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type).
// Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why
// the static candidates were rejected.
SrcExpr = ExprError();
return true;
}
// Fix the expresion to refer to 'fn'.
SingleFunctionExpression =
Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.take(), found, fn));
// If desired, do function-to-pointer decay.
if (doFunctionPointerConverion) {
SingleFunctionExpression =
DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.take());
if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) {
SrcExpr = ExprError();
return true;
}
}
}
if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) {
if (complain) {
Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining)
<< ovl.Expression->getName()
<< DestTypeForComplaining
<< OpRangeForComplaining
<< ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange();
NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get());
SrcExpr = ExprError();
return true;
}
return false;
}
SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression;
return true;
}
/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
bool PartialOverloading,
bool KnownValid) {
NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?");
return;
}
S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
false, PartialOverloading);
return;
}
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
return;
}
assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
}
/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
bool PartialOverloading) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
// Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
// in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
//
// Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
// and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
// lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
//
// -- a declaration of a class member, or
//
// -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
// using-declaration, or
//
// -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
// template
//
// then Y is empty.
if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
}
}
#endif
// It would be nice to avoid this copy.
TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
}
for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
PartialOverloading, /*KnownValid*/ true);
if (ULE->requiresADL())
AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
Args, NumArgs,
ExplicitTemplateArgs,
CandidateSet,
PartialOverloading,
ULE->isStdAssociatedNamespace());
}
/// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a
/// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template
/// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not
/// correctly implement two-stage name lookup.
///
/// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued.
static bool
DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() || !SS.isEmpty())
return false;
for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
if (!R.empty()) {
R.suppressDiagnostics();
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
// Don't diagnose names we find in classes; we get much better
// diagnostics for these from DiagnoseEmptyLookup.
R.clear();
return false;
}
OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc);
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
AddOverloadedCallCandidate(SemaRef, I.getPair(),
ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
Candidates, false, /*KnownValid*/ false);
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best) != OR_Success) {
// No viable functions. Don't bother the user with notes for functions
// which don't work and shouldn't be found anyway.
R.clear();
return false;
}
// Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest
// declaring the function there instead.
Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Args, NumArgs,
AssociatedNamespaces,
AssociatedClasses);
// Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'.
Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces;
if (DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace()) {
for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator
it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) {
if (!Std->Encloses(*it))
SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it);
}
} else {
// Lacking the 'std::' namespace, use all of the associated namespaces.
SuggestedNamespaces = AssociatedNamespaces;
}
SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
<< R.getLookupName();
if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) {
SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
<< R.getLookupName() << 0;
} else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) {
SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
<< R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin();
} else {
// FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here,
// but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce
// a localized representation of a list of items.
SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
<< R.getLookupName() << 2;
}
// Try to recover by calling this function.
return true;
}
R.clear();
}
return false;
}
/// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a
/// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template
/// was defined.
///
/// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued.
static bool
DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
DeclarationName OpName =
SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName);
return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R,
/*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs);
}
/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
///
/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
static ExprResult
BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
bool EmptyLookup) {
CXXScopeSpec SS;
SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
}
LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
if (!DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R,
ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs) &&
(!EmptyLookup ||
SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Sema::CTC_Expression,
ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs)))
return ExprError();
assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
// Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
// casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
ExprResult NewFn = ExprError();
if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R,
ExplicitTemplateArgs);
else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
else
NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
if (NewFn.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
// an expression with viable lookup results, which should never
// end up here.
return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, NewFn.take(), LParenLoc,
MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), RParenLoc);
}
/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
/// the function declaration produced by overload
/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Expr *ExecConfig) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
// To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
// We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
// Verify that this was correctly set up.
FunctionDecl *F;
if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
(F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin");
// We don't perform ADL in C.
assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
} else
assert(!ULE->isStdAssociatedNamespace() &&
"std is associated namespace but not doing ADL");
#endif
UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts;
if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, NumArgs, UnbridgedCasts))
return ExprError();
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
// Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
// functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
// If we found nothing, try to recover.
// BuildRecoveryCallExpr diagnoses the error itself, so we just bail
// out if it fails.
if (CandidateSet.empty()) {
// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function then
// create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name lookup
// to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent base
// classes.
if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
(isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) {
CallExpr *CE = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue,
RParenLoc);
CE->setTypeDependent(true);
return Owned(CE);
}
return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
RParenLoc, /*EmptyLookup=*/true);
}
UnbridgedCasts.restore();
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Fn->getExprLoc(), FDecl);
CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc());
Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc,
ExecConfig);
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
// Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might
// have meant to call.
ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc,
Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc,
/*EmptyLookup=*/false);
if (!Recovery.isInvalid())
return Recovery;
Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
<< ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
break;
}
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
<< ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
break;
case OR_Deleted:
{
Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
<< ULE->getName()
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< Fn->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
// We emitted an error for the unvailable/deleted function call but keep
// the call in the AST.
FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
}
break;
}
// Overload resolution failed.
return ExprError();
}
static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
return Functions.size() > 1 ||
(Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
}
/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
/// operator.
///
/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
///
/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
/// operator.
///
/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
///
/// \param input The input argument.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Expr *Input) {
UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
// TODO: provide better source location info.
DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc);
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input))
return ExprError();
Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
unsigned NumArgs = 1;
// For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
// the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
// post-decrement.
if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) {
llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy,
SourceLocation());
NumArgs = 2;
}
if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
if (Fns.empty())
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input,
Opc,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
OpLoc));
CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
= UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass,
NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo,
/*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns),
Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
&Args[0], NumArgs,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_RValue,
OpLoc));
}
// Build an empty overload set.
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
// Add the candidates from the given function set.
AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
// Add operator candidates that are member functions.
AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
// Add candidates from ADL.
AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Args, NumArgs,
/*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
CandidateSet);
// Add builtin operator candidates.
AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
// Perform overload resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
// We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
if (FnDecl) {
// We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
// operator.
MarkDeclarationReferenced(OpLoc, FnDecl);
// Convert the arguments.
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
ExprResult InputRes =
PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
Best->FoundDecl, Method);
if (InputRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Input = InputRes.take();
} else {
// Convert the arguments.
ExprResult InputInit
= PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Context,
FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
SourceLocation(),
Input);
if (InputInit.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Input = InputInit.take();
}
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
// Determine the result type.
QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
// Build the actual expression node.
ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl,
HadMultipleCandidates);
if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[0] = Input;
CallExpr *TheCall =
new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr.take(),
Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc);
if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall,
FnDecl))
return ExprError();
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
} else {
// We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
// break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
// operator node.
ExprResult InputRes =
PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing);
if (InputRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Input = InputRes.take();
break;
}
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
// This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by
// a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were
// defined too late to be candidates.
if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs))
// FIXME: Recover by calling the found function.
return ExprError();
// No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
// built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
break;
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary)
<< UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
<< Input->getType()
<< Input->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
return ExprError();
case OR_Deleted:
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
<< UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< Input->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
return ExprError();
}
// Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
// built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
// build a built-in operation.
return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
}
/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
/// operator.
///
/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
///
/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
/// operator.
///
/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
///
/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
unsigned OpcIn,
const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
// If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
// expression.
if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
if (Fns.empty()) {
// If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
// BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
if (Opc <= BO_Assign || Opc > BO_OrAssign)
return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
OpLoc));
return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_LValue,
OK_Ordinary,
Context.DependentTy,
Context.DependentTy,
OpLoc));
}
// FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
// TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component.
DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc);
UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
= UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass,
NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo,
/*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns),
Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Args, 2,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_RValue,
OpLoc));
}
// Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS.
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1]))
return ExprError();
// Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should
// not get here with a PseudoObject LHS.
assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0]))
return ExprError();
// If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
// if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
// a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
// various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
// problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
// Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
// If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
// create a built-in binary operator.
if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD)
return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
// Build an empty overload set.
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
// Add the candidates from the given function set.
AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
// Add operator candidates that are member functions.
AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
// Add candidates from ADL.
AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Args, 2,
/*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
CandidateSet);
// Add builtin operator candidates.
AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
// Perform overload resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
// We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
if (FnDecl) {
// We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
// operator.
MarkDeclarationReferenced(OpLoc, FnDecl);
// Convert the arguments.
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
// Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
ExprResult Arg1 =
PerformCopyInitialization(
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[1]));
if (Arg1.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
ExprResult Arg0 =
PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
Best->FoundDecl, Method);
if (Arg0.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[0] = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
// Convert the arguments.
ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization(
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[0]));
if (Arg0.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
ExprResult Arg1 =
PerformCopyInitialization(
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[1]));
if (Arg1.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
}
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
// Determine the result type.
QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
// Build the actual expression node.
ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl,
HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc);
if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr.take(),
Args, 2, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc);
if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall,
FnDecl))
return ExprError();
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
} else {
// We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
// break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
// operator node.
ExprResult ArgsRes0 =
PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing);
if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[0] = ArgsRes0.take();
ExprResult ArgsRes1 =
PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing);
if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[1] = ArgsRes1.take();
break;
}
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
// C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
// If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
// viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
// built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
if (Opc == BO_Comma)
break;
// For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment
// operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that
// no overloaded assignment operator found
ExprResult Result = ExprError();
if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
<< BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
} else {
// This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by
// a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were
// defined too late to be candidates.
if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args, 2))
// FIXME: Recover by calling the found function.
return ExprError();
// No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
// produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
}
assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
if (Result.isInvalid())
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
return move(Result);
}
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary)
<< BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
<< Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType()
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
return ExprError();
case OR_Deleted:
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
<< BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
return ExprError();
}
// We matched a built-in operator; build it.
return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
}
ExprResult
Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
SourceLocation RLoc,
Expr *Base, Expr *Idx) {
Expr *Args[2] = { Base, Idx };
DeclarationName OpName =
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
// If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
// expression.
if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
// CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword?
DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc);
OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
= UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass,
NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo,
/*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false,
UnresolvedSetIterator(),
UnresolvedSetIterator());
// Can't add any actual overloads yet
return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
Args, 2,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_RValue,
RLoc));
}
// Handle placeholders on both operands.
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0]))
return ExprError();
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1]))
return ExprError();
// Build an empty overload set.
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
// Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
// Add operator candidates that are member functions.
AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
// Add builtin operator candidates.
AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
// Perform overload resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
// We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
if (FnDecl) {
// We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
// operator.
MarkDeclarationReferenced(LLoc, FnDecl);
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LLoc);
// Convert the arguments.
CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
ExprResult Arg0 =
PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
Best->FoundDecl, Method);
if (Arg0.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[0] = Arg0.take();
// Convert the arguments.
ExprResult InputInit
= PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Context,
FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
SourceLocation(),
Owned(Args[1]));
if (InputInit.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
// Determine the result type
QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
// Build the actual expression node.
DeclarationNameLoc LocInfo;
LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = LLoc.getRawEncoding();
LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = RLoc.getRawEncoding();
ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl,
HadMultipleCandidates,
LLoc, LocInfo);
if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
FnExpr.take(), Args, 2,
ResultTy, VK, RLoc);
if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall,
FnDecl))
return ExprError();
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
} else {
// We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
// break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
// operator node.
ExprResult ArgsRes0 =
PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing);
if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[0] = ArgsRes0.take();
ExprResult ArgsRes1 =
PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing);
if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Args[1] = ArgsRes1.take();
break;
}
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
if (CandidateSet.empty())
Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
<< Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
else
Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
<< Args[0]->getType()
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
"[]", LLoc);
return ExprError();
}
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary)
<< "[]"
<< Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType()
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
"[]", LLoc);
return ExprError();
case OR_Deleted:
Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
"[]", LLoc);
return ExprError();
}
// We matched a built-in operator; build it.
return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc);
}
/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
/// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded
/// member function.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||
MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
// Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
// argument and the member function we're referring to.
Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
// Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) {
assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy);
assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI);
QualType fnType =
op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context);
ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getResultType());
// Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the
// member function we're calling.
Qualifiers funcQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(proto->getTypeQuals());
QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType();
if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)
objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals;
difference.removeObjCGCAttr();
difference.removeAddressSpace();
if (difference) {
std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString();
Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals)
<< fnType.getUnqualifiedType()
<< qualsString
<< (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2);
}
CXXMemberCallExpr *call
= new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args, NumArgs,
resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc);
if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getResultType(),
op->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
call, 0))
return ExprError();
if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, 0, proto, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc))
return ExprError();
return MaybeBindToTemporary(call);
}
UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts;
if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, NumArgs, UnbridgedCasts))
return ExprError();
MemberExpr *MemExpr;
CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
UnbridgedCasts.restore();
} else {
UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
Expr::Classification ObjectClassification
= UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue()
: UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context);
// Add overload candidates
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
// FIXME: avoid copy.
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
}
for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *Func = *I;
CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
// Microsoft supports direct constructor calls.
if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), Args, NumArgs,
CandidateSet);
} else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
// If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
// non-template member function.
if (TemplateArgs)
continue;
AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
ObjectClassification,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
} else {
AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
ObjectType, ObjectClassification,
Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
/*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
}
}
DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
UnbridgedCasts.restore();
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getLocStart(),
Best)) {
case OR_Success:
Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
MarkDeclarationReferenced(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), Method);
FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc());
break;
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
<< DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
// FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
return ExprError();
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
<< DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
// FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
return ExprError();
case OR_Deleted:
Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
<< DeclName
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< MemExprE->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
// FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
return ExprError();
}
MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
// If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
// non-member call based on that function.
if (Method->isStatic()) {
return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
}
MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
}
QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall =
new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args, NumArgs,
ResultType, VK, RParenLoc);
// Check for a valid return type.
if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
TheCall, Method))
return ExprError();
// Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
// We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
// it was done at lookup.
if (!Method->isStatic()) {
ExprResult ObjectArg =
PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier,
FoundDecl, Method);
if (ObjectArg.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.take());
}
// Convert the rest of the arguments
const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
RParenLoc))
return ExprError();
if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall))
return ExprError();
if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) ||
isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) &&
TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) {
const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl();
if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(),
diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor)
<< MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)
<< MD->getParent()->getDeclName();
Diag(MD->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName();
}
}
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}
/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj,
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj))
return ExprError();
ExprResult Object = Owned(Obj);
UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts;
if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, NumArgs, UnbridgedCasts))
return ExprError();
assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
const RecordType *Record = Object.get()->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
// C++ [over.call.object]p1:
// If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
// evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
// candidate functions includes at least the function call
// operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
// ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
// (E).operator().
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(),
PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
<< Object.get()->getSourceRange()))
return true;
LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
R.suppressDiagnostics();
for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(),
Object.get()->Classify(Context), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
}
// C++ [over.call.object]p2:
// In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function
// declared in T of the form
//
// operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
//
// where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
// greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
// denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
// R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
// (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
// of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
// is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
// surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
// functions for each conversion function declared in an
// accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
// within T by another intervening declaration.
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
= cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = *I;
CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
// Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
// surrogates.
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
continue;
CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
if (!Conv->isExplicit()) {
// Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
// any) to get down to what might be a function type.
QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
{
AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
Object.get(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
}
}
}
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
// Perform overload resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getLocStart(),
Best)) {
case OR_Success:
// Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
// below.
break;
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
if (CandidateSet.empty())
Diag(Object.get()->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
<< Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1
<< Object.get()->getSourceRange();
else
Diag(Object.get()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
<< Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
break;
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(Object.get()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
<< Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
break;
case OR_Deleted:
Diag(Object.get()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
<< Object.get()->getType()
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< Object.get()->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
break;
}
if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
return true;
UnbridgedCasts.restore();
if (Best->Function == 0) {
// Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
// surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
CXXConversionDecl *Conv
= cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), 0, Best->FoundDecl);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc);
// We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
// object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
// on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
// Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
// and then call it.
ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl,
Conv, HadMultipleCandidates);
if (Call.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
Call = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Call.get()->getType(),
CK_UserDefinedConversion,
Call.get(), 0, VK_RValue));
return ActOnCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs),
RParenLoc);
}
MarkDeclarationReferenced(LParenLoc, Best->Function);
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), 0, Best->FoundDecl);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc);
// We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
// that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
// parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
// Build the full argument list for the method call (the
// implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
// list).
Expr **MethodArgs;
if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
} else {
MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
}
MethodArgs[0] = Object.get();
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method,
HadMultipleCandidates);
if (NewFn.isInvalid())
return true;
// Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
// owned.
QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn.take(),
MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc);
delete [] MethodArgs;
if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall,
Method))
return true;
// We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
// slots in the call for them.
if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
bool IsError = false;
// Initialize the implicit object parameter.
ExprResult ObjRes =
PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/0,
Best->FoundDecl, Method);
if (ObjRes.isInvalid())
IsError = true;
else
Object = move(ObjRes);
TheCall->setArg(0, Object.take());
// Check the argument types.
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Expr *Arg;
if (i < NumArgs) {
Arg = Args[i];
// Pass the argument.
ExprResult InputInit
= PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Context,
Method->getParamDecl(i)),
SourceLocation(), Arg);
IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
ExprResult DefArg
= BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
IsError = true;
break;
}
Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
}
TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
}
// If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
// Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, 0);
IsError |= Arg.isInvalid();
TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg.take());
}
}
if (IsError) return true;
if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall))
return true;
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}
/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&
"left-hand side must have class type");
if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base))
return ExprError();
SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
// C++ [over.ref]p1:
//
// [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
// for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
// the operator is selected as the best match function by the
// overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
DeclarationName OpName =
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
<< Base->getSourceRange()))
return ExprError();
LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
R.suppressDiagnostics();
for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context),
0, 0, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
}
bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);
// Perform overload resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) {
case OR_Success:
// Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
break;
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
if (CandidateSet.empty())
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
<< Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
else
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
<< "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
return ExprError();
case OR_Ambiguous:
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary)
<< "->" << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
return ExprError();
case OR_Deleted:
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
<< "->"
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
<< Base->getSourceRange();
CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
return ExprError();
}
MarkDeclarationReferenced(OpLoc, Best->Function);
CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
// Convert the object parameter.
CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
ExprResult BaseResult =
PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
Best->FoundDecl, Method);
if (BaseResult.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Base = BaseResult.take();
// Build the operator call.
ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method,
HadMultipleCandidates);
if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.take(),
&Base, 1, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc);
if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall,
Method))
return ExprError();
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}
/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
FunctionDecl *Fn) {
if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
Found, Fn);
if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
return PE;
return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
}
if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
Found, Fn);
assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
SubExpr->getType()) &&
"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?");
if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
return ICE;
return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(),
ICE->getCastKind(),
SubExpr, 0,
ICE->getValueKind());
}
if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&
"Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
if (Method->isStatic()) {
// Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
// from non-member functions.
} else {
// Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
// UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
// or template.
Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
Found, Fn);
if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
return UnOp;
assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
&& "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
&& "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
// We have taken the address of a pointer to member
// function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
// appropriate pointer to member type.
QualType ClassType
= Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
QualType MemPtrType
= Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType,
VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
}
}
Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
Found, Fn);
if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
return UnOp;
return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UO_AddrOf,
Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
}
if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
// FIXME: avoid copy.
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
}
DeclRefExpr *DRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
ULE->getQualifierLoc(),
Fn,
ULE->getNameLoc(),
Fn->getType(),
VK_LValue,
Found.getDecl(),
TemplateArgs);
DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1);
return DRE;
}
if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
// FIXME: avoid copy.
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
}
Expr *Base;
// If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an
// implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref.
if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
DeclRefExpr *DRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(),
Fn,
MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Fn->getType(),
VK_LValue,
Found.getDecl(),
TemplateArgs);
DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1);
return DRE;
} else {
SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc();
Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
MemExpr->getBaseType(),
/*isImplicit=*/true);
}
} else
Base = MemExpr->getBase();
ExprValueKind valueKind;
QualType type;
if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
valueKind = VK_LValue;
type = Fn->getType();
} else {
valueKind = VK_RValue;
type = Context.BoundMemberTy;
}
MemberExpr *ME = MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
MemExpr->isArrow(),
MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(),
Fn,
Found,
MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(),
TemplateArgs,
type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary);
ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
return ME;
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function");
return E;
}
ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E,
DeclAccessPair Found,
FunctionDecl *Fn) {
return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
}
} // end namespace clang